<?xml version='1.0' encoding='UTF-8'?><?xml-stylesheet href="http://www.blogger.com/styles/atom.css" type="text/css"?><feed xmlns='http://www.w3.org/2005/Atom' xmlns:openSearch='http://a9.com/-/spec/opensearchrss/1.0/' xmlns:georss='http://www.georss.org/georss' xmlns:gd='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005' xmlns:thr='http://purl.org/syndication/thread/1.0'><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-5458669336937461759</id><updated>2012-02-17T02:21:14.411+05:30</updated><category term='DataStore Objects'/><category term='BW Tables'/><category term='Creating InfoSources'/><category term='BW Errors'/><category term='Creating Inversion Routines'/><category term='BI Modeling'/><category term='SAP Data Mart Interface'/><category term='Conversion Routine'/><category term='BW Reporting'/><category term='Upgrade BI'/><category term='BI Creating Routines'/><category term='BI Transformation'/><category term='Data Acquisition'/><category term='Business Warehouse'/><category term='BI Master Data'/><category term='Functions In Source System'/><category term='SAP Data Extraction'/><category term='Data Uploading'/><category term='Data Distribution'/><category term='Free Download PDF'/><category term='BI InfoObject'/><category term='DataSource'/><category term='SAP Data Warehouse'/><title type='text'>Free SAP Business Warehouse (BW) Books, Faqs, Material</title><subtitle type='html'>BI InfoObject,Master Data,Modeling,Business Warehouse, Errors,Reporting,Tables,Conversion Routine,Data Uploading,DataStore Objects,Infocube,InfoSets,Interview Questions,Modeling,MultiProvider,TCodes,Upgrade BI,VirtualProviders</subtitle><link rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#feed' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://freesapbwlive.blogspot.com/feeds/posts/default'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/5458669336937461759/posts/default?max-results=100'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://freesapbwlive.blogspot.com/'/><link rel='hub' href='http://pubsubhubbub.appspot.com/'/><link rel='next' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/5458669336937461759/posts/default?start-index=101&amp;max-results=100'/><author><name>SAP Technology</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/09945205616210282436</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='21' height='32' src='http://2.bp.blogspot.com/_5xcySHIKtvI/SweRcaYLxFI/AAAAAAAAAAM/qmZajOKIHOM/S220/MaheshBabu.jpg'/></author><generator version='7.00' uri='http://www.blogger.com'>Blogger</generator><openSearch:totalResults>264</openSearch:totalResults><openSearch:startIndex>1</openSearch:startIndex><openSearch:itemsPerPage>100</openSearch:itemsPerPage><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-5458669336937461759.post-5195562562482070837</id><published>2009-02-12T10:47:00.000+05:30</published><updated>2009-02-12T10:48:25.306+05:30</updated><category scheme='http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#' term='Functions In Source System'/><title type='text'>Functions in the SAP Source System in BI</title><content type='html'>&lt;h3&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Use&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/h3&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;The BI Service API (SAPI) is a technology package in the SAP source system that enables the close integration of data transfer from SAP source systems into a BI system.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;The SAPI allows you to&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoListBullet"&gt;&lt;span style=";font-family:&amp;quot;;font-size:9;"  &gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;●&lt;span style=";font-family:&amp;quot;;font-size:7;"  &gt;     &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;make SAP application extractors available as a basis for data transfer into BI&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoListBullet"&gt;&lt;span style=";font-family:&amp;quot;;font-size:9;"  &gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;●&lt;span style=";font-family:&amp;quot;;font-size:7;"  &gt;     &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;carry out generic data extraction&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoListBullet"&gt;&lt;span style=";font-family:&amp;quot;;font-size:9;"  &gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;●&lt;span style=";font-family:&amp;quot;;font-size:7;"  &gt;     &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;use intelligent delta processes&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoListBullet"&gt;&lt;span style=";font-family:&amp;quot;;font-size:9;"  &gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;●&lt;span style=";font-family:&amp;quot;;font-size:7;"  &gt;     &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;access data in the source system directly from BI (VirtualProvider support)&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;With transaction SBIW, the SAPI provides an implementation guide in the SAP source system that includes the activities necessary for data extraction and data transfer from an SAP source system into BI.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Irrespective of the type of SAP source system, Customizing for extractors comprises activities that belong to the scope of SAPI:&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoListBullet"&gt;&lt;span style=";font-family:&amp;quot;;font-size:9;"  &gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;●&lt;span style=";font-family:&amp;quot;;font-size:7;"  &gt;     &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;general settings for data transfer from a source system into BI&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoListBullet"&gt;&lt;span style=";font-family:&amp;quot;;font-size:9;"  &gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;●&lt;span style=";font-family:&amp;quot;;font-size:7;"  &gt;     &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;the option of installing BI Content delivered by SAP&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoListBullet"&gt;&lt;span style=";font-family:&amp;quot;;font-size:9;"  &gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;●&lt;span style=";font-family:&amp;quot;;font-size:7;"  &gt;     &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;the option of maintaining generic DataSources&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoListBullet"&gt;&lt;span style=";font-family:&amp;quot;;font-size:9;"  &gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;●&lt;span style=";font-family:&amp;quot;;font-size:7;"  &gt;     &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;the option of postprocessing the application component hierarchy and DataSources on a source system level&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;In addition to the activities that are part of the scope of SAPI, Customizing for extractors for OLTP and further SAP source systems may contain source-system specific settings for application-specific DataSources.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;h3&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Features&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/h3&gt;  &lt;h5&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;General Settings&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/h5&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;General settings include the following activities:&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoListBullet"&gt;&lt;span style=";font-family:&amp;quot;;font-size:9;"  &gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;●&lt;span style=";font-family:&amp;quot;;font-size:7;"  &gt;     &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Maintaining control parameters for data transfer&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoListBullet"&gt;&lt;span style=";font-family:&amp;quot;;font-size:9;"  &gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;●&lt;span style=";font-family:&amp;quot;;font-size:7;"  &gt;     &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Restricting authorizations for extraction&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoListBullet"&gt;&lt;span style=";font-family:&amp;quot;;font-size:9;"  &gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;●&lt;span style=";font-family:&amp;quot;;font-size:7;"  &gt;     &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Monitoring the delta queue&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;h5&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Installing BI Content Delivered by SAP&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/h5&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;DataSources delivered with the BI Content by SAP and those delivered by partners appear in a delivery version (D version). If you want to use a partner or BI Content DataSource to transfer data from a source system into BI, you need to transfer this DataSource from the D into the active (A) version.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;In the source system, the DataSources are assigned to specific application components. If you want to display the DataSources in BI in the DataSource tree of the Data Warehousing Workbench according to this application component hierarchy, you need to transfer them from the D version into the A version in the source system. &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="NoteIcon1"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;&lt;img tabindex="0" alt="Note" id="_x0000_i1026" src="http://help.sap.com/saphelp_nw2004s/helpdata/en/images/hinweis.gif" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="NoteParagraph1"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Transferring data from an OLTP system or other SAP source systems&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="NoteParagraph1"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Note: You need to make settings for some BI Content DataSources before you can transfer data into BI. These settings are listed in transaction SBIW in the &lt;i&gt;Settings for Application-Specific DataSources&lt;/i&gt; section. You can only find this section in those SAP source systems for which it is relevant.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;The following activities are associated with installing BI Content:&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoListBullet"&gt;&lt;span style=";font-family:&amp;quot;;font-size:9;"  &gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;●&lt;span style=";font-family:&amp;quot;;font-size:7;"  &gt;     &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Transferring application component hierarchies&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoListBullet"&gt;&lt;span style=";font-family:&amp;quot;;font-size:9;"  &gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;●&lt;span style=";font-family:&amp;quot;;font-size:7;"  &gt;     &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Installing Business Content DataSources&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;h5&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Generic DataSources&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/h5&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Regardless of the specific application, you can use generic data extraction to extract data from any transparent tables, database views or SAP Query functional areas. You do not need to program in ABAP. You can also use function modules for generic data extraction. &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;In this way, you can use your own DataSources for transaction data, master data attributes or texts. The data for such DataSources is read generically and then transferred into BI.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Generic DataSources allow you to extract data which cannot be supplied to BI either with the DataSources delivered with BI Content or with customer-defined DataSources of the application.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;For more information, see Maintaining Generic DataSources.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;h5&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Postprocessing DataSources&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/h5&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;You can adapt existing DataSources to suit your requirements as well as edit the application component hierarchy for the DataSources.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;For more information, see Editing DataSources and Application Component Hierarchies .&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/5458669336937461759-5195562562482070837?l=freesapbwlive.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://freesapbwlive.blogspot.com/feeds/5195562562482070837/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://www.blogger.com/comment.g?blogID=5458669336937461759&amp;postID=5195562562482070837' title='2 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/5458669336937461759/posts/default/5195562562482070837'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/5458669336937461759/posts/default/5195562562482070837'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://freesapbwlive.blogspot.com/2009/02/functions-in-sap-source-system-in-bi.html' title='Functions in the SAP Source System in BI'/><author><name>SAP Technology</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/09945205616210282436</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='21' height='32' src='http://2.bp.blogspot.com/_5xcySHIKtvI/SweRcaYLxFI/AAAAAAAAAAM/qmZajOKIHOM/S220/MaheshBabu.jpg'/></author><thr:total>2</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-5458669336937461759.post-7830891251549250569</id><published>2009-02-12T10:46:00.000+05:30</published><updated>2009-02-12T10:47:55.477+05:30</updated><category scheme='http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#' term='Functions In Source System'/><title type='text'>Maintaining Control Parameters for Data Transfer in BI</title><content type='html'>&lt;h3&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Procedure&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/h3&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Maintain entries for the following fields:&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt; ...&lt;p&gt;&lt;/p&gt; 1.&lt;span style=";font-family:&amp;quot;;font-size:7;"  &gt;      &lt;/span&gt;&lt;span dir="ltr"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Source system&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoListContinue"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Enter the logical system for your source client and assign a control parameter to it.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoListContinue"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;For information about source clients, see the source system under &lt;span class="Object6"&gt;Tools &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span class="Object6"&gt;&lt;span style="font-family:Symbol;"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;®&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span class="Object6"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt; Administration &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span class="Object6"&gt;&lt;span style="font-family:Symbol;"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;®&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span class="Object6"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt; Management &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span class="Object6"&gt;&lt;span style="font-family:Symbol;"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;®&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span class="Object"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt; Client Management &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span class="Object6"&gt;&lt;span style="font-family:Symbol;"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;®&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span class="Object"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt; Client Maintenance&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  2.&lt;span style=";font-family:&amp;quot;;font-size:7;"  &gt;      &lt;/span&gt;&lt;span dir="ltr"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Maximum size of the data package&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoListContinue"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;When you transfer data into BI, the individual data records are sent to BI in packages of variable size. You use this parameter to control the typical size of a data package of this type.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoListContinue"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;If you do not maintain an entry, the data is transferred with the default setting of 10,000 kBytes per data package. However, the required memory depends not only on the data package size setting, but also on the width of the transfer structure, the required memory of the affected extractor, and, for large data packages, the number of data records in the package.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  3.&lt;span style=";font-family:&amp;quot;;font-size:7;"  &gt;      &lt;/span&gt;&lt;span dir="ltr"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Maximum number of rows in a data package&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoListContinue"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;For large data packages, the required memory mainly depends on the number of data records that are transferred with the package. You use this parameter to control the maximum number of data records that you want the data package to contain.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoListContinue"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;By default, the system transfers a maximum of 100,000 records per data package.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoListContinue"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;The maximum main memory required per data package is approximately 2 X ’Max. Rows’ X 1000 bytes.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  4.&lt;span style=";font-family:&amp;quot;;font-size:7;"  &gt;      &lt;/span&gt;&lt;span dir="ltr"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Frequency&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoListContinue"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;By specifying a frequency you determine the number of data IDocs after which an info IDoc is to be sent. In other words, how many data IDocs are described by a single info IDoc.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoListContinue"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;The frequency is set to 1 by default. This means that an info IDoc follows after each data IDoc. You should choose a frequency between 5 and 10, but not greater than 20. &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoListContinue"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;The larger the package size of a data IDoc, the lower you should set the frequency. As a result, you get information about the data load status during the data upload at relatively short intervals.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoListContinue"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;In the BI monitor, you can see from each info IDoc whether the load process was successful. If this is the case for all data IDocs described in an info IDoc, the traffic light in the monitor is green. Info IDocs contain information about whether the data IDocs were correctly uploaded.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  5.&lt;span style=";font-family:&amp;quot;;font-size:7;"  &gt;      &lt;/span&gt;&lt;span dir="ltr"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Maximum number of parallel processes for the data transfer&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoListContinue"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;An entry in this field is only required as of Release 3.1I.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoListContinue"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Enter a value greater than 0. The maximum number of parallel processes is set to 2 by default. The optimal choice of the parameter depends on the configuration of the application server that you are using for the data transfer.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  6.&lt;span style=";font-family:&amp;quot;;font-size:7;"  &gt;      &lt;/span&gt;&lt;span dir="ltr"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Target system of a batch job&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoListContinue"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Enter the name of the application server on which you want to process the extraction job.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoListContinue"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;To get the name of the application server, choose &lt;span class="Object6"&gt;Tools &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span class="Object6"&gt;&lt;span style="font-family:Symbol;"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;®&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span class="Object6"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt; Administration &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span class="Object6"&gt;&lt;span style="font-family:Symbol;"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;®&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span class="Object6"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt; Monitor &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span class="Object6"&gt;&lt;span style="font-family:Symbol;"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;®&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span class="Object"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt; System Monitoring &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span class="Object6"&gt;&lt;span style="font-family:Symbol;"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;®&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span class="Object"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt; Server&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;. The &lt;i style=""&gt;Host&lt;/i&gt; column displays the name of the application server.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  7.&lt;span style=";font-family:&amp;quot;;font-size:7;"  &gt;      &lt;/span&gt;&lt;span dir="ltr"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Maximum number of data packages in a delta request&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoListContinue"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;You use this parameter to set the maximum number of data packages in a delta request or in the repeat of a delta request (repair).&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoListContinue"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Only use this parameter if you are expecting delta requests with a very large volume of data. In this case, you allow more than 1000 data packages to be generated in a request, while retaining an appropriate data package size.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoListContinue"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;As before, there are no limits for initials values or the value 0. A limit is only applied if you have a value that is greater than 0. However, for consistency reasons this number is not always strictly adhered to. Depending on the extent to which the data in the qRFC queue is compressed, the actual limit can deviate by up to 100 from the specified value.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/5458669336937461759-7830891251549250569?l=freesapbwlive.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://freesapbwlive.blogspot.com/feeds/7830891251549250569/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://www.blogger.com/comment.g?blogID=5458669336937461759&amp;postID=7830891251549250569' title='0 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/5458669336937461759/posts/default/7830891251549250569'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/5458669336937461759/posts/default/7830891251549250569'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://freesapbwlive.blogspot.com/2009/02/maintaining-control-parameters-for-data.html' title='Maintaining Control Parameters for Data Transfer in BI'/><author><name>SAP Technology</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/09945205616210282436</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='21' height='32' src='http://2.bp.blogspot.com/_5xcySHIKtvI/SweRcaYLxFI/AAAAAAAAAAM/qmZajOKIHOM/S220/MaheshBabu.jpg'/></author><thr:total>0</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-5458669336937461759.post-8054722030336756789</id><published>2009-02-12T10:44:00.001+05:30</published><updated>2009-02-12T10:46:30.152+05:30</updated><category scheme='http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#' term='Functions In Source System'/><title type='text'>Restricting Authorizations for Extraction in BI</title><content type='html'>&lt;h3&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Use&lt;/span&gt;You use this function to exclude DataSources from the extraction. Data that is stored in these DataSources is not transferred into BI.&lt;/h3&gt;  &lt;h3&gt;&lt;span style="font-weight: normal; color: rgb(0, 0, 0);font-size:10;" &gt;Use this function to exclude DataSources from the extraction for individual BI systems. If you want to exclude a DataSource from the extraction for all connected BI systems, in the post-processing of DataSources, choose &lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style="font-weight: normal; color: rgb(0, 0, 0);font-size:10;" &gt;editing DataSources and application component hierarchies&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style="font-weight: normal; color: rgb(0, 0, 0);font-size:10;" &gt; and delete the DataSource.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/h3&gt;  &lt;h3&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Procedure&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/h3&gt;  ...&lt;p&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  1.&lt;span style=";font-family:&amp;quot;;font-size:7;"  &gt;      &lt;/span&gt;&lt;span dir="ltr"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Choose &lt;span class="Object9"&gt;New Entries&lt;/span&gt;.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  2.&lt;span style=";font-family:&amp;quot;;font-size:7;"  &gt;      &lt;/span&gt;&lt;span dir="ltr"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Choose the DataSource that you want to exclude from the extraction.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  3.&lt;span style=";font-family:&amp;quot;;font-size:7;"  &gt;      &lt;/span&gt;&lt;span dir="ltr"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Choose the BI system into which you no longer want data from this DataSource to be extracted.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;/p&gt; 4.&lt;span style=";font-family:&amp;quot;;font-size:7;"  &gt;      &lt;/span&gt;&lt;span dir="ltr"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;In the &lt;i style=""&gt;Extr. Off&lt;/i&gt; field&lt;i style=""&gt;,&lt;/i&gt; specify that the DataSource is to be excluded from the extraction.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;/p&gt; 5.&lt;span style=";font-family:&amp;quot;;font-size:7;"  &gt;      &lt;/span&gt;&lt;span dir="ltr"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Save your entries and specify a transport request.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/5458669336937461759-8054722030336756789?l=freesapbwlive.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://freesapbwlive.blogspot.com/feeds/8054722030336756789/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://www.blogger.com/comment.g?blogID=5458669336937461759&amp;postID=8054722030336756789' title='0 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/5458669336937461759/posts/default/8054722030336756789'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/5458669336937461759/posts/default/8054722030336756789'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://freesapbwlive.blogspot.com/2009/02/restricting-authorizations-for.html' title='Restricting Authorizations for Extraction in BI'/><author><name>SAP Technology</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/09945205616210282436</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='21' height='32' src='http://2.bp.blogspot.com/_5xcySHIKtvI/SweRcaYLxFI/AAAAAAAAAAM/qmZajOKIHOM/S220/MaheshBabu.jpg'/></author><thr:total>0</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-5458669336937461759.post-2670479203677212588</id><published>2009-02-12T10:43:00.001+05:30</published><updated>2009-02-12T10:44:50.872+05:30</updated><category scheme='http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#' term='Functions In Source System'/><title type='text'>Delta Queue Check in BI</title><content type='html'>&lt;h3&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Use&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/h3&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;The delta queue is a data store in the source system into which data records are written automatically. The data records are written to the delta queue either using an update process in the source system (for example with FI documents) or are extracted using a function module when data is requested from BI (for example, LIS extraction prior to BW 2.0).&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;With a delta request, the data records are transferred into BI from the scheduler.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;The data is stored in compressed form in the delta queue. It can be requested from several BI systems. The delta queue is also repeat enabled; it stores the data from the last extraction process. The repeat mode of the delta queue is specific to the target system.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;If the extraction structure of a DataSource is changed after data is written into the delta queue but before the queue data is read (for example, when you upgrade), you can tell which structure in the delta queue the data was written to from the data itself. The queue monitor contains fields that were not filled before but are now filled and/or fields that were filled before but are no longer filled.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;You use this function to check the delta queue.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;h3&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Features&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/h3&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;The status symbol shows whether an update into a delta queue is activated for a particular DataSource. The delta queue is active if the status symbol is green; it is filled with data records when there is an update process or data request from BI. The delta method has to be initialized successfully in the scheduler in BI before a delta update can take place.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;You can carry out the following activities:&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoListBullet"&gt;&lt;span style=";font-family:&amp;quot;;" &gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;●&lt;span style=";font-family:&amp;quot;;font-size:7;"  &gt;      &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span dir="ltr"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Display data records&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoListBullet"&gt;&lt;span style=";font-family:&amp;quot;;" &gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;●&lt;span style=";font-family:&amp;quot;;font-size:7;"  &gt;      &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span dir="ltr"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Display the current status of the delta-relevant field&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoListBullet"&gt;&lt;span style=";font-family:&amp;quot;;" &gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;●&lt;span style=";font-family:&amp;quot;;font-size:7;"  &gt;      &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span dir="ltr"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Refresh&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoListBullet"&gt;&lt;span style=";font-family:&amp;quot;;" &gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;●&lt;span style=";font-family:&amp;quot;;font-size:7;"  &gt;      &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span dir="ltr"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Delete the queue&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoListBullet"&gt;&lt;span style=";font-family:&amp;quot;;" &gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;●&lt;span style=";font-family:&amp;quot;;font-size:7;"  &gt;      &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span dir="ltr"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Delete queue data&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;h3&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Activities&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/h3&gt;  &lt;h5&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Displaying Data Records&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/h5&gt;  ...&lt;p&gt;&lt;/p&gt; 1.&lt;span style=";font-family:&amp;quot;;font-size:7;"  &gt;      &lt;/span&gt;&lt;span dir="ltr"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;To check the amount and type of data in the delta queue, select the delta queue and choose &lt;i style=""&gt;Display Data Records.&lt;/i&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;/p&gt; 2.&lt;span style=";font-family:&amp;quot;;font-size:7;"  &gt;      &lt;/span&gt;&lt;span dir="ltr"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;A dialog box appears in which you can specify how you want to display the data records.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  a.&lt;span style=";font-family:&amp;quot;;font-size:7;"  &gt;      &lt;/span&gt;&lt;span dir="ltr"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;You can select the data packages that contain the data records you want to see.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  b.&lt;span style=";font-family:&amp;quot;;font-size:7;"  &gt;      &lt;/span&gt;&lt;span dir="ltr"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;You can display specific data records in the data package.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  c.&lt;span style=";font-family:&amp;quot;;font-size:7;"  &gt;      &lt;/span&gt;&lt;span dir="ltr"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;You can simulate the extraction parameters to select how you want to display the data records.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;/p&gt; 3.&lt;span style=";font-family:&amp;quot;;font-size:7;"  &gt;      &lt;/span&gt;&lt;span dir="ltr"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;To display the data records, choose &lt;i style=""&gt;Execute.&lt;/i&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;h5&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Displaying Current Status of Delta-Relevant Field&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/h5&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;For DataSources that support generic deltas, you can display the current value of the delta-relevant field in the delta queue. In the &lt;i style=""&gt;Status&lt;/i&gt; column, choose &lt;i style=""&gt;Detail&lt;/i&gt;. The value displayed includes the largest value for the last extraction with reference to the delta-relevant field. It is the lower limit for the next extraction.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;h5&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Refreshing&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/h5&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;If you select refresh,&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoListBullet"&gt;&lt;span style=";font-family:&amp;quot;;" &gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;●&lt;span style=";font-family:&amp;quot;;font-size:7;"  &gt;      &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span dir="ltr"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;newly activated delta queues are displayed&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoListBullet"&gt;&lt;span style=";font-family:&amp;quot;;" &gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;●&lt;span style=";font-family:&amp;quot;;font-size:7;"  &gt;      &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span dir="ltr"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;new data records that have been written to the delta queue are displayed&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoListBullet"&gt;&lt;span style=";font-family:&amp;quot;;" &gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;●&lt;span style=";font-family:&amp;quot;;font-size:7;"  &gt;      &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span dir="ltr"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;data records that have been deleted by the time the system reads the data records are not displayed&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;h5&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Deleting Queue Data&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/h5&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;To delete the data in a delta queue for a DataSource, select the delta queue and in the context menu, choose &lt;i style=""&gt;Delete Data.&lt;/i&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;If you delete data from the delta queue, you do not have to reinitialize the delta method to write the DataSource data records into the delta queue.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="NoteIcon1"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt; &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="NoteParagraph1"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Note that data is also deleted that has not yet been read from the delta queue. As a result, any existing delta update is invalidated. Only use this function when you are sure that you want to delete all queue data.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;h5&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Deleting Queues&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/h5&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;You can delete the entire queue by choosing &lt;span class="Object1"&gt;Queue&lt;span style=""&gt;  &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span class="Object1"&gt;&lt;span style="font-family:Symbol;"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;®&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span class="Object"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;  &lt;/span&gt;Delete Queue&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;. You need to reinitialize the delta method before you can write data records for the related DataSource into the delta queue.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/5458669336937461759-2670479203677212588?l=freesapbwlive.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://freesapbwlive.blogspot.com/feeds/2670479203677212588/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://www.blogger.com/comment.g?blogID=5458669336937461759&amp;postID=2670479203677212588' title='0 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/5458669336937461759/posts/default/2670479203677212588'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/5458669336937461759/posts/default/2670479203677212588'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://freesapbwlive.blogspot.com/2009/02/delta-queue-check-in-bi.html' title='Delta Queue Check in BI'/><author><name>SAP Technology</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/09945205616210282436</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='21' height='32' src='http://2.bp.blogspot.com/_5xcySHIKtvI/SweRcaYLxFI/AAAAAAAAAAM/qmZajOKIHOM/S220/MaheshBabu.jpg'/></author><thr:total>0</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-5458669336937461759.post-1877204885821425413</id><published>2009-02-12T10:42:00.000+05:30</published><updated>2009-02-12T10:43:11.690+05:30</updated><category scheme='http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#' term='Functions In Source System'/><title type='text'>Installing Application Component Hierarchies in BI</title><content type='html'>&lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;You use this function to install and activate application component hierarchies delivered by SAP or by partners.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;After the DataSources are replicated in BI, this application component hierarchy is displayed with the transferred DataSources in the source system view of the Data Warehousing Workbench – Modeling. In BI, choose the DataSource overview from the context menu (right-mouse click) for the source system.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="NoteIcon10"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt; &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="NoteParagraph10"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;If you activate the BI Content application component hierarchy, the active customer version is overwritten when you install the BI Content version.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;For information about changing the installed application component hierarchy, see Editing DataSources and Application Component Hierarchies.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/5458669336937461759-1877204885821425413?l=freesapbwlive.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://freesapbwlive.blogspot.com/feeds/1877204885821425413/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://www.blogger.com/comment.g?blogID=5458669336937461759&amp;postID=1877204885821425413' title='0 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/5458669336937461759/posts/default/1877204885821425413'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/5458669336937461759/posts/default/1877204885821425413'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://freesapbwlive.blogspot.com/2009/02/installing-application-component.html' title='Installing Application Component Hierarchies in BI'/><author><name>SAP Technology</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/09945205616210282436</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='21' height='32' src='http://2.bp.blogspot.com/_5xcySHIKtvI/SweRcaYLxFI/AAAAAAAAAAM/qmZajOKIHOM/S220/MaheshBabu.jpg'/></author><thr:total>0</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-5458669336937461759.post-3873489315515818787</id><published>2009-02-12T10:41:00.000+05:30</published><updated>2009-02-12T10:42:44.011+05:30</updated><category scheme='http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#' term='Functions In Source System'/><title type='text'>Installing BI Content DataSources in BI</title><content type='html'>&lt;h3&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Use&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/h3&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;You use this function to transfer and activate DataSources delivered with BI Content and, where applicable, partner DataSources delivered in their own namespaces. After installing BI Content DataSources you can extract data from all the active DataSources that you have replicated in BI and transfer this data to all connected BI systems.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;h3&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Activities&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/h3&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;The &lt;i style=""&gt;Install DataSources from BI Content&lt;/i&gt; screen displays the DataSources in an overview tree. This tree is structured in accordance with the application components assigned to you.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt; ...&lt;p&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  1.&lt;span style=";font-family:&amp;quot;;font-size:7;"  &gt;      &lt;/span&gt;&lt;span dir="ltr"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;In the application component hierarchy, select the nodes for which you want to install DataSources in the active version. To do this, position the cursor on the node and choose &lt;i style=""&gt;Highlight Subtree.&lt;/i&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoListContinue"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;The DataSources and subtrees below the node are selected.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt; 2.&lt;span style=";font-family:&amp;quot;;font-size:7;"  &gt;      &lt;/span&gt;&lt;span dir="ltr"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Choose &lt;span class="Object5"&gt;Select Delta&lt;/span&gt;.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoListContinue"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;DataSources where the system found differences between the active and the delivered version (due to changes to the extractor, for example) are highlighted in yellow.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt; 3.&lt;span style=";font-family:&amp;quot;;font-size:7;"  &gt;      &lt;/span&gt;&lt;span dir="ltr"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;To analyze the differences between active and delivered versions of a particular DataSource, select the DataSource and choose &lt;i style=""&gt;Version Comparison.&lt;/i&gt; The application log contains further information about the version comparison.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  4.&lt;span style=";font-family:&amp;quot;;font-size:7;"  &gt;      &lt;/span&gt;&lt;span dir="ltr"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;To transfer a DataSource from the delivery version to the active version, select it in the overview tree by choosing &lt;i style=""&gt;Highlight Subtree&lt;/i&gt; &lt;span style=""&gt; &lt;/span&gt;and choose &lt;i style=""&gt;Transfer DataSources.&lt;/i&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoListContinue"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;If an error occurs, the error log appears.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoListContinue"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Regardless of whether data has been successfully transferred into the active version, you can call the log by choosing &lt;i style=""&gt;Display Log.&lt;/i&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;With a metadata upload (when you replicate DataSources in BI), the active version of the DataSource is made known to BI.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="NoteIcon5"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt; &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="NoteParagraph5"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;When you activate BI Content DataSources, the system overwrites the active customer version with the SAP version.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="NoteIcon5"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt; &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="NoteParagraph5"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;You can only search for DataSources or other nodes in expanded nodes.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;For information about changing the installed DataSources, see Editing DataSources and Application Components.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/5458669336937461759-3873489315515818787?l=freesapbwlive.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://freesapbwlive.blogspot.com/feeds/3873489315515818787/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://www.blogger.com/comment.g?blogID=5458669336937461759&amp;postID=3873489315515818787' title='0 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/5458669336937461759/posts/default/3873489315515818787'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/5458669336937461759/posts/default/3873489315515818787'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://freesapbwlive.blogspot.com/2009/02/installing-bi-content-datasources-in-bi.html' title='Installing BI Content DataSources in BI'/><author><name>SAP Technology</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/09945205616210282436</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='21' height='32' src='http://2.bp.blogspot.com/_5xcySHIKtvI/SweRcaYLxFI/AAAAAAAAAAM/qmZajOKIHOM/S220/MaheshBabu.jpg'/></author><thr:total>0</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-5458669336937461759.post-1824373132043083942</id><published>2009-02-12T10:39:00.001+05:30</published><updated>2009-02-12T10:41:25.186+05:30</updated><category scheme='http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#' term='Functions In Source System'/><title type='text'>Maintaining Generic DataSources in BI</title><content type='html'>&lt;h3&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Use&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/h3&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Regardless of the application, you can create and maintain generic DataSources for transaction data, master data attributes or texts from any transparent table, database view or SAP Query InfoSet, or using a function module. This allows you to extract data generically. &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;h3&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Procedure&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/h3&gt;  &lt;h5&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Creating Generic DataSources&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/h5&gt;  ...&lt;br /&gt;1.&lt;span style=";font-family:&amp;quot;;font-size:7;"  &gt;      &lt;/span&gt;&lt;span dir="ltr"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Select the DataSource type and specify a technical name.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;/p&gt;2.&lt;span style=";font-family:&amp;quot;;font-size:7;"  &gt;      &lt;/span&gt;&lt;span dir="ltr"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Choose &lt;span class="Object7"&gt;Create.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoListContinue"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;The screen for creating a generic DataSource appears.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt; 3.&lt;span style=";font-family:&amp;quot;;font-size:7;"  &gt;      &lt;/span&gt;&lt;span dir="ltr"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Choose the application component to which you want to assign the DataSource.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  4.&lt;span style=";font-family:&amp;quot;;font-size:7;"  &gt;      &lt;/span&gt;&lt;span dir="ltr"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Enter the descriptive texts. You can choose any text.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;/p&gt; 5.&lt;span style=";font-family:&amp;quot;;font-size:7;"  &gt;      &lt;/span&gt;&lt;span dir="ltr"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Select the datasets from which you want to fill the generic DataSource.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  a.&lt;span style=";font-family:&amp;quot;;font-size:7;"  &gt;      &lt;/span&gt;&lt;span dir="ltr"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Choose &lt;i style=""&gt;Extraction from View&lt;/i&gt; if you want to extract data from a transparent table or a database view. Enter the name of the table or the database view.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoListContinue2"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;After you generate the DataSource, you have a DataSource with an extraction structure that corresponds to the database view or transparent table.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoListContinue2"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;For more information about creating and maintaining database views and tables, see the &lt;span class="Object7"&gt;ABAP Dictionary&lt;/span&gt; &lt;i style=""&gt;Documentation&lt;/i&gt;.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt; b.&lt;span style=";font-family:&amp;quot;;font-size:7;"  &gt;      &lt;/span&gt;&lt;span dir="ltr"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Choose &lt;span class="Object7"&gt;Extraction from Query&lt;/span&gt; if you want to use a SAP Query InfoSet as the data source. Select the required InfoSet from the InfoSet catalog.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoListContinue2"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Notes on Extraction Using SAP Query&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoListContinue2"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;After you generate the DataSource, you have a DataSource with an extraction structure that corresponds to the InfoSet.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoListContinue2"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;For more information about maintaining the InfoSet, see the &lt;span class="Object7"&gt;System Administration&lt;/span&gt; documentation.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt; c.&lt;span style=";font-family:&amp;quot;;font-size:7;"  &gt;      &lt;/span&gt;&lt;span dir="ltr"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Choose &lt;i style=""&gt;Extraction Using FM&lt;/i&gt; if you want to extract data using a function module. Enter the function module and extraction structure.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoListContinue2"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;The data must be transferred by the function module in an interface table E_T_DATA.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoListContinue2"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Interface Description and Extraction Process&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoListContinue2"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;For information about the function library, see the &lt;span class="Object7"&gt;ABAP Workbench: Tools&lt;/span&gt; documentation.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  d.&lt;span style=";font-family:&amp;quot;;font-size:7;"  &gt;      &lt;/span&gt;&lt;span dir="ltr"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;With texts you also have the option of extracting from fixed values for domains.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;/p&gt; 6.&lt;span style=";font-family:&amp;quot;;font-size:7;"  &gt;      &lt;/span&gt;&lt;span dir="ltr"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Maintain the settings for delta transfer, as required.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  7.&lt;span style=";font-family:&amp;quot;;font-size:7;"  &gt;      &lt;/span&gt;&lt;span dir="ltr"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Choose &lt;span class="Object7"&gt;Save&lt;/span&gt;.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoListContinue"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;When performing extraction, note SAP Query: Assigning to a User Group.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="NoteParagraph7"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;&lt;img tabindex="0" alt="Note" id="_x0000_i1026" src="http://help.sap.com/saphelp_nw2004s/helpdata/en/images/hinweis.gif" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="NoteListContinue7"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Note when extracting from a transparent table or view:&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="NoteListContinue7"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;If the extraction structure contains a key figure field that references a unit of measure or a currency unit field, this unit field has to be included in the same extraction structure as the key figure field.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoListContinue"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;A screen appears on which you can edit the fields of the extraction structure.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;8.&lt;span style=";font-family:&amp;quot;;font-size:7;"  &gt;      &lt;/span&gt;&lt;span dir="ltr"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Edit the DataSource:&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoListBullet2"&gt;&lt;span style=";font-family:&amp;quot;;" &gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;○&lt;span style=";font-family:&amp;quot;;font-size:7;"  &gt;       &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span dir="ltr"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Selection&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoListContinue2"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;When you schedule a data request in the BI scheduler, you can enter the selection criteria for the data transfer. For example, you can determine that data requests are only to apply to data from the previous month.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoListContinue2"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;If you set the &lt;i style=""&gt;Selection&lt;/i&gt; indicator for a field within the extraction structure, the data for this field is transferred in correspondence with the selection criteria in the scheduler.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoListBullet2"&gt;&lt;span style=";font-family:&amp;quot;;" &gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;○&lt;span style=";font-family:&amp;quot;;font-size:7;"  &gt;       &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span dir="ltr"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Hide field&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoListContinue2"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;You set this indicator to exclude an extraction structure field from the data transfer. The field is no longer available in BI when you set the transfer rules or generate the transfer structure.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoListBullet2"&gt;&lt;span style=";font-family:&amp;quot;;" &gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;○&lt;span style=";font-family:&amp;quot;;font-size:7;"  &gt;       &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span dir="ltr"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Inversion&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoListContinue2"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Reverse postings are possible for customer-defined key figures. Therefore inversion is only active for certain transaction data DataSources. These include DataSources that have a field that is marked as an inversion field, for example, the &lt;b style=""&gt;update mode&lt;/b&gt; field in DataSource &lt;b style=""&gt;0FI_AP_3&lt;/b&gt;. If this field has a value, the data records are interpreted as reverse records in BI.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoListContinue2"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;If you want to carry out a reverse posting for a customer-defined field (key figure), set the &lt;i style=""&gt;Inversion&lt;/i&gt; indicator. The value of the key figure is transferred to BI in inverted form (multiplied by –1).&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoListBullet2"&gt;&lt;span style=";font-family:&amp;quot;;" &gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;○&lt;span style=";font-family:&amp;quot;;font-size:7;"  &gt;       &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span dir="ltr"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Field only known in exit&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoListContinue2"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;You can enhance data by extending the extraction structure for a DataSource by adding fields in append structures.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoListContinue2"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;The &lt;i style=""&gt;Field Only Known in Exit&lt;/i&gt; indicator is set for the fields of an append structure; by default these fields are not passed to the extractor from the field list and selection table. &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoListContinue2"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Deselect the &lt;i style=""&gt;Field Only Known in Exit&lt;/i&gt; indicator to enable the Service API to pass on the append structure field to the extractor together with the fields of the delivered extract structures in the field list and in the selection table.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;9. Choose &lt;i style=""&gt;DataSource&lt;/i&gt; &lt;/span&gt;&lt;span class="Object7"&gt;&lt;span style="font-family:Symbol;"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;®&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span class="Object7"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt; Generate.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;The DataSource is saved in the source system.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;h5&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Maintaining Generic DataSources&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/h5&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoListBullet"&gt;&lt;span style=";font-family:&amp;quot;;" &gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;●&lt;span style=";font-family:&amp;quot;;font-size:7;"  &gt;      &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span dir="ltr"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Change DataSource&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoListContinue"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;To change a generic DataSource, in the initial screen of DataSource maintenance, enter the name of the DataSource and choose &lt;i style=""&gt;Change.&lt;/i&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoListContinue"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;You can change the assignment of a DataSource to an application component or change the texts of a DataSource. Double-click on the name of the table, view, InfoSet or extraction structure to get to the appropriate maintenance screen. Here you make the changes to add new fields. You can also completely swap transparent tables and database views, though this is not possible with InfoSets. Return to DataSource maintenance and choose &lt;i style=""&gt;Create&lt;/i&gt;. The screen for editing a DataSource appears. To save the DataSource in the SAP source system, choose &lt;i style=""&gt;DataSource &lt;span class="Object7"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt; &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/i&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span class="Object7"&gt;&lt;span style="font-family:Symbol;"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;®&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span class="Object"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt; Generate.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoListContinue"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;If you want to test extraction in the source system independently of a BI system, choose &lt;span class="Object7"&gt;DataSource&lt;span style=""&gt;  &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span class="Object7"&gt;&lt;span style="font-family:Symbol;"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;®&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span class="Object"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;  &lt;/span&gt;Test Extraction.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoListBullet"&gt;&lt;span style=";font-family:&amp;quot;;" &gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;●&lt;span style=";font-family:&amp;quot;;font-size:7;"  &gt;      &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span dir="ltr"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Delta DataSource&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoListContinue"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;On the &lt;i style=""&gt;Change Generic DataSource&lt;/i&gt; screen, you can delete any DataSources that are no longer relevant. If you are extracting data from an InfoSet, delete the corresponding query. If you want to delete a DataSource, make sure it is not connected to a BI system.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;For more information about extraction using SAP Query, see Extraction Using SAP Query.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/5458669336937461759-1824373132043083942?l=freesapbwlive.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://freesapbwlive.blogspot.com/feeds/1824373132043083942/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://www.blogger.com/comment.g?blogID=5458669336937461759&amp;postID=1824373132043083942' title='0 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/5458669336937461759/posts/default/1824373132043083942'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/5458669336937461759/posts/default/1824373132043083942'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://freesapbwlive.blogspot.com/2009/02/maintaining-generic-datasources-in-bi.html' title='Maintaining Generic DataSources in BI'/><author><name>SAP Technology</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/09945205616210282436</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='21' height='32' src='http://2.bp.blogspot.com/_5xcySHIKtvI/SweRcaYLxFI/AAAAAAAAAAM/qmZajOKIHOM/S220/MaheshBabu.jpg'/></author><thr:total>0</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-5458669336937461759.post-2194991906133783320</id><published>2009-02-12T10:35:00.002+05:30</published><updated>2009-02-12T10:38:59.576+05:30</updated><category scheme='http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#' term='Functions In Source System'/><title type='text'>Delta Transfer to BI in BI</title><content type='html'>&lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;The following update modes are available in BI:&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoListBullet"&gt;&lt;span style=";font-family:&amp;quot;;" &gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;●&lt;span style=";font-family:&amp;quot;;font-size:7;"  &gt;      &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span dir="ltr"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Full update&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoListContinue"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;A full update requests all data that meets the selection criteria you set in the scheduler.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoListBullet"&gt;&lt;span style=";font-family:&amp;quot;;" &gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;●&lt;span style=";font-family:&amp;quot;;font-size:7;"  &gt;      &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span dir="ltr"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Delta update&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoListContinue"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;A delta update only requests data that has appeared in the source system since the last load.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoListBullet"&gt;&lt;span style=";font-family:&amp;quot;;" &gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;●&lt;span style=";font-family:&amp;quot;;font-size:7;"  &gt;      &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span dir="ltr"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Initializing the delta process&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoListContinue"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;You need to initialize a delta process before you can execute it. The initialization selections are copied to load the delta records.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;With large volumes of data, you can only ensure a performance-optimized extraction from the source system if you use a delta process.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;In the maintenance of the generic DataSource, you can set up a delta for master data attributes and texts. You can also set up a generic delta using a (delta-relevant) field with a monotonically increasing value.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;h3&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Setting Up an ALE Delta for Master Data Attributes or Texts&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/h3&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Master data attributes or texts for which you want to use a delta transfer have to fulfill two prerequisites:&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt; 1.&lt;span style=";font-family:&amp;quot;;font-size:7;"  &gt;      &lt;/span&gt;&lt;span dir="ltr"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Data must be extracted generically using a transparent table or database view.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;/p&gt; 2.&lt;span style=";font-family:&amp;quot;;font-size:7;"  &gt;      &lt;/span&gt;&lt;span dir="ltr"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;A change document object must be available that can update the complete key of the table (or view) used for data extraction in combination with one of the tables on which the change document object is based.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;The required control entries are delivered for the most important master data attributes and texts. By including a maintenance interface for control entries in the maintenance of generic DataSources or InfoSources, you can use the delta transfer for other master data attributes or texts.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;To generate the control entry for master data attributes or texts that is required for BI, proceed as follows:&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt; 1.&lt;span style=";font-family:&amp;quot;;font-size:7;"  &gt;      &lt;/span&gt;&lt;span dir="ltr"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;For an attribute or text DataSource, choose &lt;span class="Object2"&gt;DataSource &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span class="Object2"&gt;&lt;span style="font-family:Symbol;"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;®&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span class="Object"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt; ALE Delta&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;/p&gt; 2.&lt;span style=";font-family:&amp;quot;;font-size:7;"  &gt;      &lt;/span&gt;&lt;span dir="ltr"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Enter the table and the change document object that you want to use as a basis for the delta transfer.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoListContinue"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;An input help for the &lt;i style=""&gt;Table Name&lt;/i&gt; field searches all possible tables for a suitable key.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt; 3.&lt;span style=";font-family:&amp;quot;;font-size:7;"  &gt;      &lt;/span&gt;&lt;span dir="ltr"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Confirm your entries.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoListContinue"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;If you have entered a usable combination of table and change document object, the extraction structure fields are listed in the table below. The status in the first column shows whether changing the master data in this field causes the system to transfer the delta record.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt; 4.&lt;span style=";font-family:&amp;quot;;font-size:7;"  &gt;      &lt;/span&gt;&lt;span dir="ltr"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Save the settings to generate the required control entry.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoListContinue"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Delta transfer is now possible for master data and texts.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;After the DataSource has been generated, you can see this on the &lt;span class="Object2"&gt;DataSource: Edit Customer Version&lt;/span&gt; screen; the &lt;span class="Object2"&gt;Delta Update&lt;/span&gt; field is selected.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="NoteIcon2"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;&lt;img tabindex="0" alt="Note" id="_x0000_i1026" src="http://help.sap.com/saphelp_nw2004s/helpdata/en/images/hinweis.gif" /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="NoteParagraph2"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;You need two separate entries if you want to transfer delta records for texts and master data attributes. &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;h3&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Generic Delta&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/h3&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;If a field exists in the extraction structure of a DataSource and the field contains values that increase monotonically over time, you can define delta capability for this DataSource. If a delta-relevant field of this type exists in the extraction structure (a timestamp, for example), the system determines the data volume transferred in the delta mode by comparing the maximum value transferred with the last load with the amount of data that has since entered the system. Only the new data is transferred.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;To get the delta, generic delta management translates the update mode into a selection criterion. The selections of the request are enhanced with an interval for the delta-relevant field. The lower limit of the interval is taken from the previous extraction. The upper limit is taken from the current value, for example, the timestamp at the time of extraction. You use security intervals to ensure that all data is taken into account during extraction (see below). After the data request is transferred to the extractor and the data is extracted, the extractor informs generic delta management that the pointer can be set to the upper limit of the previously determined interval.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="NoteIcon2"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;&lt;img tabindex="0" alt="Note" id="_x0000_i1027" src="http://help.sap.com/saphelp_nw2004s/helpdata/en/images/hinweis.gif" /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="NoteParagraph2"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;The delta for generic DataSources cannot be used with a BI system release prior to 3.0. In older SAP BW releases, the system does not replicate DataSources for master data and texts that were delta-enabled using the delta for generic DataSources.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;h5&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Determining Generic Delta for a DataSource&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/h5&gt; 1.&lt;span style=";font-family:&amp;quot;;font-size:7;"  &gt;      &lt;/span&gt;&lt;span dir="ltr"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Choose &lt;span class="Object2"&gt;Generic Delta&lt;/span&gt;.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  2.&lt;span style=";font-family:&amp;quot;;font-size:7;"  &gt;      &lt;/span&gt;&lt;span dir="ltr"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;In the dialog box that appears, specify the delta-determining field and the type of this field.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  3.&lt;span style=";font-family:&amp;quot;;font-size:7;"  &gt;      &lt;/span&gt;  a.&lt;span style=";font-family:&amp;quot;;font-size:7;"  &gt;      &lt;/span&gt;&lt;span dir="ltr"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Enter a security interval.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoListContinue2"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;The purpose of a security interval is to make the system extract records with the next extraction that appear during the extraction process but which have not yet been extracted (because, for example, they have not been saved).&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoListContinue2"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;You can add a security interval to the upper limit or lower limit of the interval.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="NoteIcon2"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;&lt;img tabindex="0" alt="Caution" id="_x0000_i1028" src="http://help.sap.com/saphelp_nw2004s/helpdata/en/images/achtung.gif" /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="NoteListContinue2"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;You should only specify a security interval for the lower limit if the delta process produces a new status for the changed records (when the status is overwritten in BI). In this case, duplicate data records that may arise with a security interval of this type have no affect in BI.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  b.Choose the delta type for the data that you want to extract.&lt;p&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoListContinue2"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;You use the delta type to determine how the extracted data is interpreted in BI and the data targets to which it can be updated.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoListContinue2"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;With the &lt;i style=""&gt;Additive Delta&lt;/i&gt; delta type&lt;i style=""&gt;,&lt;/i&gt; the record to be loaded for cumulative key figures only returns the change to the respective key figure. The extracted data is added into BI. DataSources with this delta type can write data to DataStore objects and InfoCubes.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoListContinue2"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;With the &lt;i style=""&gt;New Status for Changed Records&lt;/i&gt; delta type, each record to be loaded returns the new status for all key figures and characteristics. The values in BI are overwritten. DataSources with this delta type can write data to DataStore objects and master data tables.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  c.&lt;span style=";font-family:&amp;quot;;font-size:7;"  &gt;      &lt;/span&gt;&lt;span dir="ltr"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Specify whether the DataSource supports real-time data acquisition.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;/p&gt; 4.&lt;span style=";font-family:&amp;quot;;font-size:7;"  &gt;      &lt;/span&gt;&lt;span dir="ltr"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Save your entries.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoListContinue"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Delta transfer is now possible for this DataSource.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;After the DataSource has been generated, you can see this on the &lt;i style=""&gt;DataSource: Edit Customer Version&lt;/i&gt; screen; the &lt;i style=""&gt;Delta Update&lt;/i&gt; field is selected.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="NoteIcon2"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;&lt;img tabindex="0" alt="Note" id="_x0000_i1029" src="http://help.sap.com/saphelp_nw2004s/helpdata/en/images/hinweis.gif" /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="NoteParagraph2"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;In systems as of Basis Release 4.0B, you can display the current value of the delta-relevant field in the delta queue.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;h5&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Example of Determining Selection Intervals with Generic Delta&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/h5&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;b style=""&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Security interval upper limit&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;The delta-relevant field is a timestamp.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;The timestamp that was read last is 12:00:00. Delta extraction begins at 12:30:00. The security interval for the upper limit is 120 seconds. The selection interval for the delta request is: 12:00:00 to 12:28:00. When the extraction is finished, the pointer is set to 12:28:00.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;b style=""&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Security interval lower limit&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;The delta-relevant field is a timestamp. After images are transferred. In BI the record is overwritten with the post-change status, for example, for master data. Any duplicate data records do not affect BI.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;The last read timestamp is 12:28:00. Delta extraction begins at 13:00. The security interval for the lower limit is 180 seconds. The selection interval for the delta request is: 12:25:00 to 13:00:00. When the extraction is finished, the pointer is set to 13:00:00.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/5458669336937461759-2194991906133783320?l=freesapbwlive.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://freesapbwlive.blogspot.com/feeds/2194991906133783320/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://www.blogger.com/comment.g?blogID=5458669336937461759&amp;postID=2194991906133783320' title='0 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/5458669336937461759/posts/default/2194991906133783320'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/5458669336937461759/posts/default/2194991906133783320'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://freesapbwlive.blogspot.com/2009/02/delta-transfer-to-bi-in-bi.html' title='Delta Transfer to BI in BI'/><author><name>SAP Technology</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/09945205616210282436</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='21' height='32' src='http://2.bp.blogspot.com/_5xcySHIKtvI/SweRcaYLxFI/AAAAAAAAAAM/qmZajOKIHOM/S220/MaheshBabu.jpg'/></author><thr:total>0</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-5458669336937461759.post-3963632870345688277</id><published>2009-02-12T10:34:00.001+05:30</published><updated>2009-02-12T10:35:33.680+05:30</updated><category scheme='http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#' term='Functions In Source System'/><title type='text'>Function Module: Interface Description and Procedure in BI</title><content type='html'>&lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style="" lang="EN-US"&gt;A description of the interface for a function module that is used for generic data extraction:&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;h5&gt;&lt;span style="" lang="EN-US"&gt;Importing Parameter&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/h5&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style="" lang="EN-US"&gt;I_DSOURCE type SRSC_S_IF_SIMPLE-DSOURCE DataSource&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style="" lang="EN-US"&gt;I_INITFLAG type SRSC_S_IF_SIMPLE-INITFLAG Initialization call&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style="" lang="EN-US"&gt;I_MAXSIZE type SRSC_S_IF_SIMPLE-MAXSIZE package size&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style="" lang="EN-US"&gt;I_REQUNR type SRSC_S_IF_SIMPLE-REQUNR request number&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;h5&gt;&lt;span style="" lang="EN-US"&gt;Tables&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/h5&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style="" lang="EN-US"&gt;I_T_SELECT type SRSC_S_IF_SIMPLE-T_SELECT&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style="" lang="EN-US"&gt;I_T_FIELDS type SRSC_S_IF_SIMPLE-T_SELECT&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style="" lang="EN-US"&gt;E_T_DATA&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;h5&gt;&lt;span style="" lang="EN-US"&gt;Exceptions&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/h5&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style="" lang="EN-US"&gt;NO_MORE_DATA&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style="" lang="EN-US"&gt;ERROR_PASSED_TO_MESS_HANDLER&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;h5&gt;&lt;span style="" lang="EN-US"&gt;Details on Individual Parameters&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/h5&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoListBullet"&gt;&lt;span  lang="EN-US" style="font-family:Symbol;"&gt; ·&lt;span style=";font-family:&amp;quot;;font-size:7;"  &gt;        &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style="" lang="EN-US"&gt;I_INITFLAG&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoListContinue"&gt;&lt;span style="" lang="EN-US"&gt;This parameter is set to ‘X’ when the function module is called up for the first time, then to ‘ ‘.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoListBullet" style=""&gt;&lt;span  lang="EN-US" style="font-family:Symbol;"&gt; ·&lt;span style=";font-family:&amp;quot;;font-size:7;"  &gt;        &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style="" lang="EN-US"&gt;I_MAXSIZE&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoListContinue"&gt;&lt;span style="" lang="EN-US"&gt;This parameter contains the number of lines expected within a read call.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;h5&gt;&lt;span style="" lang="EN-US"&gt;Extraction Process&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/h5&gt; ...&lt;p&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style="" lang="EN-US"&gt;The function module is called up again and again during an extraction process:&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt; 1.&lt;span style=";font-family:&amp;quot;;font-size:7;"  &gt;      &lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style="" lang="EN-US"&gt;Initialization call:&lt;/span&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoListContinue"&gt;&lt;span style="" lang="EN-US"&gt;Only the request parameters are transferred to the module here. The module is as yet unable to transfer data.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  2.&lt;span style=";font-family:&amp;quot;;font-size:7;"  &gt;      &lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style="" lang="EN-US"&gt;First read call:&lt;/span&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoListContinue"&gt;&lt;span style="" lang="EN-US"&gt;The extractor returns the data typified with the extract structure in an interface table. The number of rows the system expected is determined in the request parameter (I_MAXSIZE).&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  3.&lt;span style=";font-family:&amp;quot;;font-size:7;"  &gt;      &lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style="" lang="EN-US"&gt;Second read call:&lt;/span&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoListContinue"&gt;&lt;span style="" lang="EN-US"&gt;The extractor returns the data enclosed within the first data package in a separate package with I_MAXSIZE rows.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  4.&lt;span style=";font-family:&amp;quot;;font-size:7;"  &gt;      &lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style="" lang="EN-US"&gt;The system calls up the function module again and again until the module returns the exception NO_MORE_DATA. Data cannot be transferred in the call in which this exception is called up.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;h5&gt;&lt;span style="" lang="EN-US"&gt;Example&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/h5&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style="" lang="EN-US"&gt;An example of a function module that meets these demands is RSAX_BIW_GET_DATA_SIMPLE. A simple way of creating a syntactically correct module is to copy it into its own function group and then to cope the rows of the top-include of function group RSAX (LRSAXTOP) into the top-include of its own function group. Afterwards, the copied function module must be adjusted to the individual requests.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/5458669336937461759-3963632870345688277?l=freesapbwlive.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://freesapbwlive.blogspot.com/feeds/3963632870345688277/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://www.blogger.com/comment.g?blogID=5458669336937461759&amp;postID=3963632870345688277' title='0 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/5458669336937461759/posts/default/3963632870345688277'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/5458669336937461759/posts/default/3963632870345688277'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://freesapbwlive.blogspot.com/2009/02/function-module-interface-description.html' title='Function Module: Interface Description and Procedure in BI'/><author><name>SAP Technology</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/09945205616210282436</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='21' height='32' src='http://2.bp.blogspot.com/_5xcySHIKtvI/SweRcaYLxFI/AAAAAAAAAAM/qmZajOKIHOM/S220/MaheshBabu.jpg'/></author><thr:total>0</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-5458669336937461759.post-86449435184197410</id><published>2009-02-12T10:33:00.002+05:30</published><updated>2009-02-12T10:34:08.800+05:30</updated><category scheme='http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#' term='Functions In Source System'/><title type='text'>Testing Extraction in BI</title><content type='html'>&lt;h3&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Use&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/h3&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;You can use this function to test extraction from DataSources that were created using the maintenance for the generic DataSource. After the test extraction, you can display the extracted data and the associated logs.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;h3&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Procedure&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/h3&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoListNumber4" style="text-indent: -0.3in;"&gt; &lt;span style=""&gt;...&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoListNumber" style="text-indent: -28.1pt;"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: &amp;quot;Times New Roman&amp;quot;; font-style: normal; font-variant: normal; font-weight: normal; font-size: 7pt; line-height: normal; font-size-adjust: none; font-stretch: normal;"&gt;       &lt;/span&gt;1.&lt;span style="font-family: &amp;quot;Times New Roman&amp;quot;; font-style: normal; font-variant: normal; font-weight: normal; font-size: 7pt; line-height: normal; font-size-adjust: none; font-stretch: normal;"&gt;      &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Choose &lt;/span&gt;&lt;span class="Object12"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;DataSource&lt;span style=""&gt;  &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span class="Object12"&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: Symbol;"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;®&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span class="Object"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;  &lt;/span&gt;Test Extraction&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoListContinue"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;A screen appears in which you can set parameters and selections for the test extraction.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoListNumber" style="text-indent: -28.1pt;"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: &amp;quot;Times New Roman&amp;quot;; font-style: normal; font-variant: normal; font-weight: normal; font-size: 7pt; line-height: normal; font-size-adjust: none; font-stretch: normal;"&gt;       &lt;/span&gt;2.&lt;span style="font-family: &amp;quot;Times New Roman&amp;quot;; font-style: normal; font-variant: normal; font-weight: normal; font-size: 7pt; line-height: normal; font-size-adjust: none; font-stretch: normal;"&gt;      &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Enter a request no. for the test extraction via a function module.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoListNumber" style="text-indent: -28.1pt;"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: &amp;quot;Times New Roman&amp;quot;; font-style: normal; font-variant: normal; font-weight: normal; font-size: 7pt; line-height: normal; font-size-adjust: none; font-stretch: normal;"&gt;       &lt;/span&gt;3.&lt;span style="font-family: &amp;quot;Times New Roman&amp;quot;; font-style: normal; font-variant: normal; font-weight: normal; font-size: 7pt; line-height: normal; font-size-adjust: none; font-stretch: normal;"&gt;      &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Enter how many data records are to be read with each extractor call.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoListNumber" style="text-indent: -28.1pt;"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: &amp;quot;Times New Roman&amp;quot;; font-style: normal; font-variant: normal; font-weight: normal; font-size: 7pt; line-height: normal; font-size-adjust: none; font-stretch: normal;"&gt;       &lt;/span&gt;4.&lt;span style="font-family: &amp;quot;Times New Roman&amp;quot;; font-style: normal; font-variant: normal; font-weight: normal; font-size: 7pt; line-height: normal; font-size-adjust: none; font-stretch: normal;"&gt;      &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;The extractor is called up by the Service API until no more data is available. In the &lt;em&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: Arial;"&gt;Display Extr. Calls&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/em&gt; field, you can specify the maximum number of times the extractor is to be called. This enables you to restrict the no. of data packages when testing the extraction. With a real extraction, the system transfers data packages until is no longer able to find any more data.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoListNumber" style="text-indent: -28.1pt;"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: &amp;quot;Times New Roman&amp;quot;; font-style: normal; font-variant: normal; font-weight: normal; font-size: 7pt; line-height: normal; font-size-adjust: none; font-stretch: normal;"&gt;       &lt;/span&gt;5.&lt;span style="font-family: &amp;quot;Times New Roman&amp;quot;; font-style: normal; font-variant: normal; font-weight: normal; font-size: 7pt; line-height: normal; font-size-adjust: none; font-stretch: normal;"&gt;      &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Depending on the definition of the DataSource, you can test the extraction in various update modes.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoListContinue"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;For DataSources that support the delta method, you can also test deltas and repeats as well as the full update.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoListContinue"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;The modes delta and repeat are only available for testing when the extractor supports a mode in which the system reads the data but does not modify the delta management status tables.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="NoteIcon12"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;&lt;img tabindex="0" alt="Caution" id="_x0000_i1026" src="http://help.sap.com/saphelp_nw2004s/helpdata/en/images/achtung.gif" /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoListBullet5"&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: Symbol;"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;·&lt;span style="font-family: &amp;quot;Times New Roman&amp;quot;; font-style: normal; font-variant: normal; font-weight: normal; font-size: 7pt; line-height: normal; font-size-adjust: none; font-stretch: normal;"&gt;         &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;To avoid errors in BW, the timestamp or pointer that was set in delta management must not be changed during testing.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoListBullet5"&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: Symbol;"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;·&lt;span style="font-family: &amp;quot;Times New Roman&amp;quot;; font-style: normal; font-variant: normal; font-weight: normal; font-size: 7pt; line-height: normal; font-size-adjust: none; font-stretch: normal;"&gt;         &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Before you are able to test the extraction in a delta mode in the source system, you need to have carried out an initialization of the delta method or a simulation of such an initialization for this DataSource.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoListContinue"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;You can test the transfer of an opening balance for non-cumulative values.&lt;span style=""&gt;     &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoListNumber" style="text-indent: -28.1pt;"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: &amp;quot;Times New Roman&amp;quot;; font-style: normal; font-variant: normal; font-weight: normal; font-size: 7pt; line-height: normal; font-size-adjust: none; font-stretch: normal;"&gt;       &lt;/span&gt;6.&lt;span style="font-family: &amp;quot;Times New Roman&amp;quot;; font-style: normal; font-variant: normal; font-weight: normal; font-size: 7pt; line-height: normal; font-size-adjust: none; font-stretch: normal;"&gt;      &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Specify selections for the test extraction.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoListContinue"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Only those extract structures fields you have selected in DataSource maintenance can be selected.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoListContinue"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;To enter several selections for a field, insert new rows for this field into the selection table.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoListNumber" style="text-indent: -28.1pt;"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: &amp;quot;Times New Roman&amp;quot;; font-style: normal; font-variant: normal; font-weight: normal; font-size: 7pt; line-height: normal; font-size-adjust: none; font-stretch: normal;"&gt;       &lt;/span&gt;7.&lt;span style="font-family: &amp;quot;Times New Roman&amp;quot;; font-style: normal; font-variant: normal; font-weight: normal; font-size: 7pt; line-height: normal; font-size-adjust: none; font-stretch: normal;"&gt;      &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Choose whether you want to execute the test extraction in debug mode or by tracing an authorization trace. &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoListContinue"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;If you test the extraction in the debug mode, a breakpoint is set just before the extractor initialization call. &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoListContinue"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;For information on the debugger, see &lt;/span&gt;&lt;span class="Object12"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;ABAP Workbench: Tools&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoListContinue"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;If you set an authorization trace, you can call it after the test by choosing &lt;i&gt;Display Trace.&lt;/i&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoListNumber" style="text-indent: -28.1pt;"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: &amp;quot;Times New Roman&amp;quot;; font-style: normal; font-variant: normal; font-weight: normal; font-size: 7pt; line-height: normal; font-size-adjust: none; font-stretch: normal;"&gt;       &lt;/span&gt;8.&lt;span style="font-family: &amp;quot;Times New Roman&amp;quot;; font-style: normal; font-variant: normal; font-weight: normal; font-size: 7pt; line-height: normal; font-size-adjust: none; font-stretch: normal;"&gt;      &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Start the extraction.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;h3&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Result&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/h3&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;If the extraction was successful, a message appears that specifies the number of extracted records. The buttons &lt;i&gt;Display List, Display Log&lt;/i&gt; and &lt;i&gt;Display Trace&lt;/i&gt; (optional) appear on the screen. You can use &lt;i&gt;Display List&lt;/i&gt; to display the data packages. By double-clicking on the number of records for a data package, you get to a display of the data records. Choose &lt;i&gt;Display Log&lt;/i&gt; to display the application log.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/5458669336937461759-86449435184197410?l=freesapbwlive.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://freesapbwlive.blogspot.com/feeds/86449435184197410/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://www.blogger.com/comment.g?blogID=5458669336937461759&amp;postID=86449435184197410' title='0 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/5458669336937461759/posts/default/86449435184197410'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/5458669336937461759/posts/default/86449435184197410'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://freesapbwlive.blogspot.com/2009/02/testing-extraction-in-bi.html' title='Testing Extraction in BI'/><author><name>SAP Technology</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/09945205616210282436</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='21' height='32' src='http://2.bp.blogspot.com/_5xcySHIKtvI/SweRcaYLxFI/AAAAAAAAAAM/qmZajOKIHOM/S220/MaheshBabu.jpg'/></author><thr:total>0</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-5458669336937461759.post-5956473802237193207</id><published>2009-02-12T10:33:00.001+05:30</published><updated>2009-02-12T10:33:36.723+05:30</updated><category scheme='http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#' term='Functions In Source System'/><title type='text'>Extraction Using SAP Query in BI</title><content type='html'>&lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;SAP Query is a comprehensive tool for defining reports. It uses many different forms of reporting. It allows users to define and execute their own evaluations of data in the SAP system without requiring ABAP programming know-how.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;To define the structure of evaluations, you enter texts in SAP Query and select fields and options. InfoSets and functional groups allow you to easily select the relevant fields.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;An InfoSet is a special view of a set of data (logical database, table join, table, sequential file). It serves as the data source for SAP Query. An InfoSet determines which tables or fields of these tables are referenced in an evaluation. InfoSets are usually based on logical databases.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;The maintenance of InfoSets is one component of SAP Query. When an InfoSet is created, a data source is selected in an application system. Since a data source can have a large number of fields, fields can be combined into logical units; the functional groups. Functional groups are groups of several fields that form a logical unit within an InfoSet. Any fields that you want to use in an extraction structure have to be assigned to a functional group. In generic data extraction using an InfoSet, all the fields of all functional groups for this InfoSet are available.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;The relevance of SAP Query to BI lies in the definition of the extraction structure by selecting fields of a logical database, a table join or other datasets in an InfoSet. This allows you to use generic data extraction for master or transaction data from any InfoSet. A query is generated for an InfoSet. The query gets the data and transfers it to the generic extractor.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;InfoSets represent an additional, easily manageable data source for generic data extraction. They allow you to use logical databases from all SAP applications, table joins, and further datasets as data sources for BI. For more information about SAP Query, and InfoSets in particular, see the SAP Query documentation -&gt; System Administration.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;In the following section, the terms SAP Query and InfoSet are used independently of the source system release. Depending on the source system release, SAP Query is the same as an ABAP Query or ABAP/4 query. The InfoSet is also called a functional area in some source system releases.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/5458669336937461759-5956473802237193207?l=freesapbwlive.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://freesapbwlive.blogspot.com/feeds/5956473802237193207/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://www.blogger.com/comment.g?blogID=5458669336937461759&amp;postID=5956473802237193207' title='0 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/5458669336937461759/posts/default/5956473802237193207'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/5458669336937461759/posts/default/5956473802237193207'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://freesapbwlive.blogspot.com/2009/02/extraction-using-sap-query-in-bi.html' title='Extraction Using SAP Query in BI'/><author><name>SAP Technology</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/09945205616210282436</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='21' height='32' src='http://2.bp.blogspot.com/_5xcySHIKtvI/SweRcaYLxFI/AAAAAAAAAAM/qmZajOKIHOM/S220/MaheshBabu.jpg'/></author><thr:total>0</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-5458669336937461759.post-6475414728818195352</id><published>2009-02-12T10:32:00.000+05:30</published><updated>2009-02-12T10:33:08.505+05:30</updated><category scheme='http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#' term='Functions In Source System'/><title type='text'>Notes on Extraction Using SAP Query in BI</title><content type='html'>&lt;h5&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Client Dependency&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/h5&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;InfoSets are only available if you have created them globally, independent of a client. You set this global area in the initial screen of InfoSet maintenance under &lt;i style=""&gt;Environment&lt;/i&gt; &lt;/span&gt;&lt;span class="Object8"&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: Symbol;"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;®&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span class="Object8"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt; Work Areas.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;h5&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Size Limits When Extracting Data Using SAP Query InfoSets&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/h5&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;If you are using an InfoSet to extract data, the system first collects all data in the main memory. The data is transferred to the BI system in packages using the Service API interface. The size of the main memory is therefore important with this type of extraction. It is suitable for limited datasets only.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;As of SAP Web Application Server 6.10, you can extract mass data using certain InfoSets (tables or table joins).&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;b style=""&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;See also:&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Extraction Using SAP Query&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/5458669336937461759-6475414728818195352?l=freesapbwlive.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://freesapbwlive.blogspot.com/feeds/6475414728818195352/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://www.blogger.com/comment.g?blogID=5458669336937461759&amp;postID=6475414728818195352' title='0 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/5458669336937461759/posts/default/6475414728818195352'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/5458669336937461759/posts/default/6475414728818195352'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://freesapbwlive.blogspot.com/2009/02/notes-on-extraction-using-sap-query-in.html' title='Notes on Extraction Using SAP Query in BI'/><author><name>SAP Technology</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/09945205616210282436</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='21' height='32' src='http://2.bp.blogspot.com/_5xcySHIKtvI/SweRcaYLxFI/AAAAAAAAAAM/qmZajOKIHOM/S220/MaheshBabu.jpg'/></author><thr:total>0</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-5458669336937461759.post-97992946670146984</id><published>2009-02-12T10:27:00.002+05:30</published><updated>2009-02-12T10:32:36.194+05:30</updated><category scheme='http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#' term='Functions In Source System'/><title type='text'>Editing DataSources and Application Component Hierarchies in BI</title><content type='html'>&lt;h3&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Use&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/h3&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;To adapt existing DataSources to your requirements, you can edit them in this step before transporting them from a test system into a productive system.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;In this step you can also postprocess the application component hierarchy.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;h3&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Procedure&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/h3&gt;  &lt;h5&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;DataSource&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/h5&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;b style=""&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Transporting DataSources&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Select the DataSources that you want to transport from the test system into the productive system and choose &lt;i style=""&gt;Transport&lt;/i&gt;. Specify a development class and a transport request so that the DataSources can be transported.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;b style=""&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Maintaining DataSources&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;To maintain a DataSource, select it and choose &lt;i style=""&gt;Maintain DataSource&lt;/i&gt;. The following editing options are available:&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoListBullet"&gt;&lt;span style=";font-family:&amp;quot;;" &gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;●&lt;span style=";font-family:&amp;quot;;font-size:7;"  &gt;      &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span dir="ltr"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Selection&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoListContinue"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;When you schedule a data request in the BI scheduler, you can enter the selection criteria for the data transfer. For example, you can determine that data requests are only to apply to data from the previous month.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt; If you set the Selection indicator for a field within the extraction structure, the data for this field is transferred in correspondence with the selection criteria in the scheduler.&lt;p&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoListBullet"&gt;&lt;span style=";font-family:&amp;quot;;" &gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;●&lt;span style=";font-family:&amp;quot;;font-size:7;"  &gt;      &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span dir="ltr"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Hide field&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoListContinue"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;You set this indicator to exclude an extraction structure field from the data transfer. The field is no longer available in BI when you set the transfer rules or generate the transfer structure.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoListBullet"&gt;&lt;span style=";font-family:&amp;quot;;" &gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;●&lt;span style=";font-family:&amp;quot;;font-size:7;"  &gt;      &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span dir="ltr"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Inversion&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoListContinue"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Reverse postings are possible for customer-defined key figures. Therefore inversion is only active for certain transaction data DataSources. These include DataSources that have a field that is marked as an inversion field, for example, the &lt;b style=""&gt;update mode&lt;/b&gt; field in DataSource &lt;b style=""&gt;0FI_AP_3&lt;/b&gt;. If this field has a value, the data records are interpreted as reverse records in BI.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoListContinue"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Set the &lt;i style=""&gt;Inversion&lt;/i&gt; indicator if you want to carry out a reverse posting for a customer-defined field (key figure). The value of the key figure is transferred to BI in inverted form (multiplied by –1).&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoListBullet"&gt;&lt;span style=";font-family:&amp;quot;;" &gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;●&lt;span style=";font-family:&amp;quot;;font-size:7;"  &gt;      &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span dir="ltr"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Field only known in exit&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoListContinue"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;You can enhance data by extending the extraction structure for a DataSource by adding fields in append structures.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoListContinue"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;The &lt;i style=""&gt;Field Only Known in Exit&lt;/i&gt; indicator is set for the fields of an append structure; by default these fields are not passed to the extractor from the field list and selection table. &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  Field Only Known in Exit indicator to enable the BI Service API to pass on the append structure field to the extractor together with the fields of the delivered extract structures in the field list and in the selection table.&lt;p&gt;&lt;/p&gt;       &lt;b style=""&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Enhancing the extraction structure&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;/p&gt;If you want to transfer additional information for an existing DataSource from a source system into BI, you first need to enhance the DataSource extraction structure by adding fields. To do this, create an append structure for the extraction structure (see &lt;img alt="Structure link" src="http://help.sap.com/saphelp_nw2004s/helpdata/en/images/book.gif" border="0" /&gt;Adding Append Structures).&lt;span style=""&gt;..&lt;/span&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;/p&gt;1.&lt;span style=";font-family:&amp;quot;;font-size:7;"  &gt;      &lt;/span&gt;&lt;span dir="ltr"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Choose &lt;i style=""&gt;Enhance Extr. Str.,&lt;/i&gt; to access field maintenance for the append structure. The name of the append structure is taken from the extraction structure name in the customer namespace.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  2.&lt;span style=";font-family:&amp;quot;;font-size:7;"  &gt;      &lt;/span&gt;&lt;span dir="ltr"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Enter the fields you want to add in the field list, together with their subordinate data elements. You can use all the functions that are available for maintaining fields of tables and structures.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  3.&lt;span style=";font-family:&amp;quot;;font-size:7;"  &gt;      &lt;/span&gt;&lt;span dir="ltr"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Save and activate your append.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;/p&gt; 4.&lt;span style=";font-family:&amp;quot;;font-size:7;"  &gt;      &lt;/span&gt;&lt;span dir="ltr"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Go back to the DataSource display and make sure that the &lt;i style=""&gt;Hide Field&lt;/i&gt; indicator is not selected for the newly added fields.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;b style=""&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Function enhancement&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;To fill the append structure fields with data, you need to create a customer-specific function module. For information about enhancing the SAP standard with customer-specific function modules, see &lt;span class="Object3"&gt;Enhancing the SAP Standard&lt;/span&gt; in SAP Library.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;The SAP enhancement &lt;b style=""&gt;RSAP0001&lt;/b&gt; is available for enhancing BI DataSources. This enhancement contains the following enhancement components: &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;table class="MsoNormalTable" style="border: medium none ; border-collapse: collapse;" border="1" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="0"&gt;&lt;tbody&gt;&lt;tr style="page-break-inside: avoid;"&gt; &lt;td style="border: 1pt solid windowtext; padding: 0in 5.4pt; width: 221.4pt;" valign="top" width="295"&gt;&lt;p class="TableText3"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Transaction data&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;/td&gt; &lt;td style="border-style: solid solid solid none; padding: 0in 5.4pt; width: 221.4pt;" valign="top" width="295"&gt;&lt;p class="TableText3"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;exit_saplrsap_001&lt;span style=""&gt;                                   &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;/td&gt; &lt;/tr&gt;  &lt;tr style="page-break-inside: avoid;"&gt; &lt;td style="border-style: none solid solid; padding: 0in 5.4pt; width: 221.4pt;" valign="top" width="295"&gt;&lt;p class="TableText3"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Attributes, texts&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;/td&gt; &lt;td style="border-style: none solid solid none; padding: 0in 5.4pt; width: 221.4pt;" valign="top" width="295"&gt;&lt;p class="TableText3"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;exit_saplrsap_002&lt;span style=""&gt;                                   &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;/td&gt; &lt;/tr&gt;  &lt;tr style="page-break-inside: avoid;"&gt; &lt;td style="border-style: none solid solid; padding: 0in 5.4pt; width: 221.4pt;" valign="top" width="295"&gt;&lt;p class="TableText3"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Hierarchies&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;/td&gt; &lt;td style="border-style: none solid solid none; padding: 0in 5.4pt; width: 221.4pt;" valign="top" width="295"&gt;&lt;p class="TableText3"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;exit_saplrsap_004&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;/td&gt; &lt;/tr&gt; &lt;/tbody&gt;&lt;/table&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;For more information, see Enhancing DataSources.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;As of Release 6.0, the Business Add-In (BAdI) &lt;b style=""&gt;RSU5_SAPI_BADI&lt;/b&gt; is available. You can display the BAdI documentation in the BAdI definition or BAdI implementation.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;h5&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Application Component Hierarchy&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/h5&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoListBullet"&gt;&lt;span style=";font-family:&amp;quot;;" &gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;●&lt;span style=";font-family:&amp;quot;;font-size:7;"  &gt;      &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span dir="ltr"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;To create a same-level or lower-level node for a particular node, place the cursor over this node and choose &lt;i style=""&gt;Object&lt;/i&gt; &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span class="Object3"&gt;&lt;span style="font-family:Symbol;"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;®&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span class="Object3"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt; Create Node.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt; You can also create lower-level nodes by choosing &lt;i style=""&gt;Object&lt;/i&gt; &lt;/span&gt;&lt;span class="Object3"&gt;&lt;span style="font-family:Symbol;"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;®&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span class="Object3"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt; Create Children.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoListBullet"&gt;&lt;span style=";font-family:&amp;quot;;" &gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;●&lt;span style=";font-family:&amp;quot;;font-size:7;"  &gt;      &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span dir="ltr"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;To rename, expand, or compress a node, place your cursor over the node and click on the appropriate button.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoListBullet"&gt;&lt;span style=";font-family:&amp;quot;;" &gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;●&lt;span style=";font-family:&amp;quot;;font-size:7;"  &gt;      &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span dir="ltr"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;To move a node or subtree, select the node you want to move (by positioning the cursor over it and choosing &lt;i style=""&gt;Select Subtree)&lt;/i&gt;, position the cursor on the node onto which the selected node is to be positioned. Choose &lt;i style=""&gt;Reassign.&lt;/i&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoListBullet"&gt;&lt;span style=";font-family:&amp;quot;;" &gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;●&lt;span style=";font-family:&amp;quot;;font-size:7;"  &gt;      &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span dir="ltr"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;If you select a node with the cursor and choose &lt;i style=""&gt;Set Segment,&lt;/i&gt; this node is displayed with its subnodes. You can go to the higher-level nodes for this subtree using the appropriate links in the row above the subtree.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoListBullet"&gt;&lt;span style=";font-family:&amp;quot;;" &gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;●&lt;span style=";font-family:&amp;quot;;font-size:7;"  &gt;      &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span dir="ltr"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;If you select a node with the cursor and choose &lt;i style=""&gt;Position,&lt;/i&gt; the node is displayed in the first row of the view.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoListBullet"&gt;&lt;span style=";font-family:&amp;quot;;" &gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;●&lt;span style=";font-family:&amp;quot;;font-size:7;"  &gt;      &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span dir="ltr"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;All DataSources for which a valid (assigned) application component could not be found are placed under the node NODESNOTCONNECTED. The node and its subnodes are only built at transaction runtime and are refreshed when the display is saved.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoListContinue"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;NODESNOTCONNECTED is not persistently saved to the database and is therefore not transferred in a particular state to other systems when you transport the application component hierarchy. &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoListContinue"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Note: Hierarchy nodes created under NODESNOTCONNECTED are lost when you save. After you save, the system only displays those nodes under NODESNOTCONNECTED that were moved to this node with DataSources.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="NoteParagraph3"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt; &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoListContinue"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;A DataSource is positioned under an application component X. You transfer a new application component hierarchy from BI Content that does not contain application component X. In this application component, the DataSource is automatically placed under the node NODESNOTCONNECTED.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoListContinue"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Note: Changes to the application component hierarchy only apply until BI Content is installed again.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/5458669336937461759-97992946670146984?l=freesapbwlive.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://freesapbwlive.blogspot.com/feeds/97992946670146984/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://www.blogger.com/comment.g?blogID=5458669336937461759&amp;postID=97992946670146984' title='0 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/5458669336937461759/posts/default/97992946670146984'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/5458669336937461759/posts/default/97992946670146984'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://freesapbwlive.blogspot.com/2009/02/editing-datasources-and-application.html' title='Editing DataSources and Application Component Hierarchies in BI'/><author><name>SAP Technology</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/09945205616210282436</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='21' height='32' src='http://2.bp.blogspot.com/_5xcySHIKtvI/SweRcaYLxFI/AAAAAAAAAAM/qmZajOKIHOM/S220/MaheshBabu.jpg'/></author><thr:total>0</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-5458669336937461759.post-2311432222584754352</id><published>2009-02-12T10:26:00.000+05:30</published><updated>2009-02-12T10:27:50.901+05:30</updated><category scheme='http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#' term='Functions In Source System'/><title type='text'>SAP Query: Assignment to a User Group in BI</title><content type='html'>&lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style="" lang="EN-US"&gt;If you want to extract your data from an InfoSet, the InfoSet must be assigned to a user group before the DataSource can be generated. This is necessary as the extraction is processed from an InfoSet using a query that comprises all fields of the InfoSet. In turn, this query can only be generated when the InfoSet is assigned to a user group.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;h5&gt;&lt;span style="" lang="EN-US"&gt;Releases up to 3.1I&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/h5&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style="" lang="EN-US"&gt;In releases up to 3.1I, a screen appears in which you have to specify a user group as well as a query name. The user group must be specified using the value help. In other words, it must already have been created. You can get more information about creating user groups in the SAP Query documentation, in the section &lt;span class="Object"&gt;System Management&lt;span style=""&gt;  &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span class="Object"&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: Symbol;" lang="EN-US"&gt; &lt;span style=""&gt;®&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span class="Object"&gt;&lt;span style="" lang="EN-US"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;  &lt;/span&gt;Functions for Managing User Groups&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style="" lang="EN-US"&gt;.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style="" lang="EN-US"&gt;A separate query is required for an InfoSet each time it is used in a DataSource. For this reason, enter a query name that was previously not in the system.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style="" lang="EN-US"&gt;The query is generated after you confirm your entries.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;h5&gt;&lt;span style="" lang="EN-US"&gt;Releases from 4.0A&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/h5&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style="" lang="EN-US"&gt;In releases as of 4.0A, the InfoSet for the extract structure of the new DataSource is automatically assigned to the pre-finished system user group. A query is automatically generated by the system.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/5458669336937461759-2311432222584754352?l=freesapbwlive.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://freesapbwlive.blogspot.com/feeds/2311432222584754352/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://www.blogger.com/comment.g?blogID=5458669336937461759&amp;postID=2311432222584754352' title='0 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/5458669336937461759/posts/default/2311432222584754352'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/5458669336937461759/posts/default/2311432222584754352'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://freesapbwlive.blogspot.com/2009/02/sap-query-assignment-to-user-group-in.html' title='SAP Query: Assignment to a User Group in BI'/><author><name>SAP Technology</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/09945205616210282436</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='21' height='32' src='http://2.bp.blogspot.com/_5xcySHIKtvI/SweRcaYLxFI/AAAAAAAAAAM/qmZajOKIHOM/S220/MaheshBabu.jpg'/></author><thr:total>0</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-5458669336937461759.post-8271830386553321806</id><published>2009-02-12T10:25:00.000+05:30</published><updated>2009-02-12T10:26:16.601+05:30</updated><category scheme='http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#' term='Free Download PDF'/><title type='text'>Free Download Warehouse Management(WM) Tutorial Pdf Books</title><content type='html'>&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href="http://help.sap.com/printdocu/core/Print46c/en/data/pdf/LEIDW/LEIDW.pdf" target="_blank"&gt;Decentralized Warehouse Management (LE-IDW)&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;a href="http://help.sap.com/printdocu/core/Print46c/en/data/pdf/CAOIW/CAOIW.pdf" target="_blank"&gt;SAP Open Information Warehouse&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;a href="http://help.sap.com/printdocu/core/Print46c/en/data/pdf/LEWM/MMWM.pdf" target="_blank"&gt;Warehouse Management Guide&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/5458669336937461759-8271830386553321806?l=freesapbwlive.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://freesapbwlive.blogspot.com/feeds/8271830386553321806/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://www.blogger.com/comment.g?blogID=5458669336937461759&amp;postID=8271830386553321806' title='0 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/5458669336937461759/posts/default/8271830386553321806'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/5458669336937461759/posts/default/8271830386553321806'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://freesapbwlive.blogspot.com/2009/02/free-download-warehouse-managementwm.html' title='Free Download Warehouse Management(WM) Tutorial Pdf Books'/><author><name>SAP Technology</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/09945205616210282436</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='21' height='32' src='http://2.bp.blogspot.com/_5xcySHIKtvI/SweRcaYLxFI/AAAAAAAAAAM/qmZajOKIHOM/S220/MaheshBabu.jpg'/></author><thr:total>0</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-5458669336937461759.post-8407419010196393440</id><published>2009-02-12T10:24:00.001+05:30</published><updated>2009-02-12T10:24:43.039+05:30</updated><category scheme='http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#' term='Free Download PDF'/><title type='text'>Free Download Book Decentralized Warehouse Management LE-IDW</title><content type='html'>&lt;a href="http://help.sap.com/printdocu/core/Print46c/en/data/pdf/LEIDW/LEIDW.pdf" target="_blank"&gt;Decentralized Warehouse Management (LE-IDW)&lt;/a&gt;&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/5458669336937461759-8407419010196393440?l=freesapbwlive.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://freesapbwlive.blogspot.com/feeds/8407419010196393440/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://www.blogger.com/comment.g?blogID=5458669336937461759&amp;postID=8407419010196393440' title='0 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/5458669336937461759/posts/default/8407419010196393440'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/5458669336937461759/posts/default/8407419010196393440'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://freesapbwlive.blogspot.com/2009/02/free-download-book-decentralized.html' title='Free Download Book Decentralized Warehouse Management LE-IDW'/><author><name>SAP Technology</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/09945205616210282436</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='21' height='32' src='http://2.bp.blogspot.com/_5xcySHIKtvI/SweRcaYLxFI/AAAAAAAAAAM/qmZajOKIHOM/S220/MaheshBabu.jpg'/></author><thr:total>0</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-5458669336937461759.post-8841748541396866996</id><published>2009-02-12T10:23:00.000+05:30</published><updated>2009-02-12T10:24:13.467+05:30</updated><category scheme='http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#' term='Free Download PDF'/><title type='text'>Free Download Book SAP Open Information Warehouse</title><content type='html'>&lt;a href="http://help.sap.com/printdocu/core/Print46c/en/data/pdf/CAOIW/CAOIW.pdf" target="_blank"&gt;SAP Open Information Warehouse&lt;/a&gt;&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/5458669336937461759-8841748541396866996?l=freesapbwlive.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://freesapbwlive.blogspot.com/feeds/8841748541396866996/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://www.blogger.com/comment.g?blogID=5458669336937461759&amp;postID=8841748541396866996' title='0 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/5458669336937461759/posts/default/8841748541396866996'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/5458669336937461759/posts/default/8841748541396866996'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://freesapbwlive.blogspot.com/2009/02/free-download-book-sap-open-information.html' title='Free Download Book SAP Open Information Warehouse'/><author><name>SAP Technology</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/09945205616210282436</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='21' height='32' src='http://2.bp.blogspot.com/_5xcySHIKtvI/SweRcaYLxFI/AAAAAAAAAAM/qmZajOKIHOM/S220/MaheshBabu.jpg'/></author><thr:total>0</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-5458669336937461759.post-1822661442513252549</id><published>2009-02-12T10:22:00.000+05:30</published><updated>2009-02-12T10:23:44.055+05:30</updated><category scheme='http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#' term='Free Download PDF'/><title type='text'>Free Download Book Warehouse Management Guide</title><content type='html'>&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href="http://help.sap.com/printdocu/core/Print46c/en/data/pdf/LEWM/MMWM.pdf" target="_blank"&gt;Warehouse Management Guide&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/5458669336937461759-1822661442513252549?l=freesapbwlive.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://freesapbwlive.blogspot.com/feeds/1822661442513252549/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://www.blogger.com/comment.g?blogID=5458669336937461759&amp;postID=1822661442513252549' title='0 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/5458669336937461759/posts/default/1822661442513252549'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/5458669336937461759/posts/default/1822661442513252549'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://freesapbwlive.blogspot.com/2009/02/free-download-book-warehouse-management.html' title='Free Download Book Warehouse Management Guide'/><author><name>SAP Technology</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/09945205616210282436</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='21' height='32' src='http://2.bp.blogspot.com/_5xcySHIKtvI/SweRcaYLxFI/AAAAAAAAAAM/qmZajOKIHOM/S220/MaheshBabu.jpg'/></author><thr:total>0</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-5458669336937461759.post-174352141493575211</id><published>2009-02-08T12:34:00.001+05:30</published><updated>2009-02-08T12:34:43.023+05:30</updated><category scheme='http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#' term='DataStore Objects'/><title type='text'>BI DataStore Objects</title><content type='html'>&lt;h3&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Definition&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/h3&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;A DataStore object serves as a storage location for consolidated and cleansed transaction data or master data on a document (atomic) level.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;This data can be evaluated using a BEx query.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;A DataStore object contains key fields (for example, document number/item) and data fields that can also contain character fields (for example, order status, customer) as key figures. The data from a DataStore object can be updated with a delta update into InfoCubes and/or other DataStore objects or master data tables (attributes or texts) in the same system or across different systems.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Unlike multidimensional data storage using InfoCubes, the data in DataStore objects is stored in transparent, flat database tables. The system does not create fact tables or dimension tables.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;h3&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Use&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/h3&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;The cumulative update of key figures is supported for DataStore objects, just as it is with InfoCubes, but with DataStore objects it is also possible to overwrite data fields. This is particularly important with document-related structures. If documents are changed in the source system, these changes include both numeric fields, such as the order quantity, and non-numeric fields, such as the ship-to party, status and delivery date. To reproduce these changes in the DataStore objects in the BI system, you have to overwrite the relevant fields in the DataStore objects and set them to the current value. Furthermore, you can use an overwrite and the existing change log to render a source delta enabled. This means that the delta that is further updated to the InfoCubes, for example, is calculated from two successive after-images.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;There are different types of DataStore object:&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoListNumber4" style="text-indent: -0.3in;"&gt; &lt;span style=""&gt;...&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoListBullet"&gt;&lt;span style=";font-family:&amp;quot;;" &gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;●&lt;span style=";font-family:&amp;quot;;font-size:7;"  &gt;      &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Standard (see &lt;u&gt;Standard DataStore Objects&lt;/u&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style=";font-family:&amp;quot;;color:teal;"  &gt;s&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;)&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoListBullet"&gt;&lt;span style=";font-family:&amp;quot;;" &gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;●&lt;span style=";font-family:&amp;quot;;font-size:7;"  &gt;      &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;For direct update (see &lt;u&gt;DataStore Objects for Direct Update&lt;/u&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style=";font-family:&amp;quot;;color:teal;"  &gt;s&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;)&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoListBullet"&gt;&lt;span style=";font-family:&amp;quot;;" &gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;●&lt;span style=";font-family:&amp;quot;;font-size:7;"  &gt;      &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Write-optimized (see &lt;u&gt;Write-Optimized DataStore Objects&lt;/u&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style=";font-family:&amp;quot;;color:teal;"  &gt;s&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;)&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoCaption"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Differences between DataStore object types:&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;table class="MsoNormalTable" style="border: medium none ; margin-left: 5.4pt; border-collapse: collapse;" border="1" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="0"&gt;&lt;tbody&gt;&lt;tr style=""&gt; &lt;td style="border: 1pt solid windowtext; padding: 0in 5.4pt; width: 83.15pt;" valign="top" width="111"&gt;&lt;p class="TableHeading6"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Type&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;/td&gt; &lt;td  style="border-style: solid solid solid none; padding: 0in 5.4pt; width: 105.85pt;color:windowtext windowtext windowtext -moz-use-text-color;" valign="top" width="141"&gt;&lt;p class="TableHeading6"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Structure&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;/td&gt; &lt;td  style="border-style: solid solid solid none; padding: 0in 5.4pt; width: 121.5pt;color:windowtext windowtext windowtext -moz-use-text-color;" valign="top" width="162"&gt;&lt;p class="TableHeading6"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Data Supply&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;/td&gt; &lt;td  style="border-style: solid solid solid none; padding: 0in 5.4pt; width: 63.6pt;color:windowtext windowtext windowtext -moz-use-text-color;" valign="top" width="85"&gt;&lt;p class="TableHeading6"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;SID Generation&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;/td&gt; &lt;td  style="border-style: solid solid solid none; padding: 0in 5.4pt; width: 63.9pt;color:windowtext windowtext windowtext -moz-use-text-color;" valign="top" width="85"&gt;&lt;p class="TableHeading6"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Are BEx Queries Possible?&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;/td&gt; &lt;/tr&gt;  &lt;tr style=""&gt; &lt;td  style="border-style: none solid solid; padding: 0in 5.4pt; width: 83.15pt;color:-moz-use-text-color windowtext windowtext;" valign="top" width="111"&gt;&lt;p class="TableText6"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Standard&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;/td&gt; &lt;td  style="border-style: none solid solid none; padding: 0in 5.4pt; width: 105.85pt;color:-moz-use-text-color windowtext windowtext -moz-use-text-color;" valign="top" width="141"&gt;&lt;p class="TableText6"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Consists of three tables: activation queue, table of active data, change log&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;/td&gt; &lt;td  style="border-style: none solid solid none; padding: 0in 5.4pt; width: 121.5pt;color:-moz-use-text-color windowtext windowtext -moz-use-text-color;" valign="top" width="162"&gt;&lt;p class="TableText6"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;From data transfer process&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;/td&gt; &lt;td  style="border-style: none solid solid none; padding: 0in 5.4pt; width: 63.6pt;color:-moz-use-text-color windowtext windowtext -moz-use-text-color;" valign="top" width="85"&gt;&lt;p class="TableText6"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Yes&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;/td&gt; &lt;td  style="border-style: none solid solid none; padding: 0in 5.4pt; width: 63.9pt;color:-moz-use-text-color windowtext windowtext -moz-use-text-color;" valign="top" width="85"&gt;&lt;p class="TableText6"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Yes&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;/td&gt; &lt;/tr&gt;  &lt;tr style=""&gt; &lt;td  style="border-style: none solid solid; padding: 0in 5.4pt; width: 83.15pt;color:-moz-use-text-color windowtext windowtext;" valign="top" width="111"&gt;&lt;p class="TableText6"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;For direct update&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;/td&gt; &lt;td  style="border-style: none solid solid none; padding: 0in 5.4pt; width: 105.85pt;color:-moz-use-text-color windowtext windowtext -moz-use-text-color;" valign="top" width="141"&gt;&lt;p class="TableText6"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Consists of the table of active data only&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;/td&gt; &lt;td  style="border-style: none solid solid none; padding: 0in 5.4pt; width: 121.5pt;color:-moz-use-text-color windowtext windowtext -moz-use-text-color;" valign="top" width="162"&gt;&lt;p class="TableText6"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;From APIs&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;/td&gt; &lt;td  style="border-style: none solid solid none; padding: 0in 5.4pt; width: 63.6pt;color:-moz-use-text-color windowtext windowtext -moz-use-text-color;" valign="top" width="85"&gt;&lt;p class="TableText6"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;No&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;/td&gt; &lt;td  style="border-style: none solid solid none; padding: 0in 5.4pt; width: 63.9pt;color:-moz-use-text-color windowtext windowtext -moz-use-text-color;" valign="top" width="85"&gt;&lt;p class="TableText6"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Yes&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;/td&gt; &lt;/tr&gt;  &lt;tr style=""&gt; &lt;td  style="border-style: none solid solid; padding: 0in 5.4pt; width: 83.15pt;color:-moz-use-text-color windowtext windowtext;" valign="top" width="111"&gt;&lt;p class="TableText6"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Write-optimized&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;/td&gt; &lt;td  style="border-style: none solid solid none; padding: 0in 5.4pt; width: 105.85pt;color:-moz-use-text-color windowtext windowtext -moz-use-text-color;" valign="top" width="141"&gt;&lt;p class="TableText6"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Consists of the table of active data only&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;/td&gt; &lt;td  style="border-style: none solid solid none; padding: 0in 5.4pt; width: 121.5pt;color:-moz-use-text-color windowtext windowtext -moz-use-text-color;" valign="top" width="162"&gt;&lt;p class="TableText6"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;From data transfer process&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;/td&gt; &lt;td  style="border-style: none solid solid none; padding: 0in 5.4pt; width: 63.6pt;color:-moz-use-text-color windowtext windowtext -moz-use-text-color;" valign="top" width="85"&gt;&lt;p class="TableText6"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;No&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;/td&gt; &lt;td  style="border-style: none solid solid none; padding: 0in 5.4pt; width: 63.9pt;color:-moz-use-text-color windowtext windowtext -moz-use-text-color;" valign="top" width="85"&gt;&lt;p class="TableText6"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Yes&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;/td&gt; &lt;/tr&gt; &lt;/tbody&gt;&lt;/table&gt;  &lt;h3&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Integration&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/h3&gt;  &lt;h5&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Integration with the Data Warehousing Workbench - Modeling&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/h5&gt;  &lt;h5&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Metadata&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/h5&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;DataStore objects are fully integrated with BI metadata. They are transported just like InfoCubes and are installed from BI Content (for more information, see &lt;img alt="Structure link" src="http://help.sap.com/erp2005_ehp_03/helpdata/EN/images/book.gif" border="0" /&gt;Installing Business Content). DataStore objects are grouped with InfoCubes in the InfoProvider view of the Data Warehousing Workbench - Modeling, and are displayed in a tree. They also appear in the data flow display.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;h5&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Update &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/h5&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Transformation rules define the rules that are used to write data to a DataStore object. They are very similar to the transformation rules for InfoCubes. The main difference is the behavior of data fields in the update. When you update requests into a DataStore object, you have an overwrite option as well as an addition option. &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;See also &lt;img alt="Structure link" src="http://help.sap.com/erp2005_ehp_03/helpdata/EN/images/book.gif" border="0" /&gt;Transformation Type.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;The &lt;img alt="Structure link" src="http://help.sap.com/erp2005_ehp_03/helpdata/EN/images/book.gif" border="0" /&gt;delta process that is defined for the DataSource also influences the update. When loading files, the user must select a suitable delta process so that the correct transformation type is used. &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Unit fields and currency fields operate just like normal key figures, meaning that they must be explicitly filled using a rule.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;h5&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Scheduling and Monitoring&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/h5&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;The processes for scheduling the data transfer process for updating data into InfoCubes and DataStore objects are identical. &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;It is also possible to schedule the activation of DataStore object data and the update from the DataStore object into the related InfoCubes or DataStore objects. &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;The individual steps, including processing the DataStore object, are logged in the monitor. &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;There is a separate detailed monitor for executed request operations (such as activation or rollback).&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;h5&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Loadable DataSources&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/h5&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;In full-update mode, each transaction data DataSource contained in a DataStore object can be updated. In delta-update mode, only those DataSources that are flagged as delta-enabled DataStores can be updated.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/5458669336937461759-174352141493575211?l=freesapbwlive.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://freesapbwlive.blogspot.com/feeds/174352141493575211/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://www.blogger.com/comment.g?blogID=5458669336937461759&amp;postID=174352141493575211' title='0 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/5458669336937461759/posts/default/174352141493575211'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/5458669336937461759/posts/default/174352141493575211'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://freesapbwlive.blogspot.com/2009/02/bi-datastore-objects.html' title='BI DataStore Objects'/><author><name>SAP Technology</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/09945205616210282436</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='21' height='32' src='http://2.bp.blogspot.com/_5xcySHIKtvI/SweRcaYLxFI/AAAAAAAAAAM/qmZajOKIHOM/S220/MaheshBabu.jpg'/></author><thr:total>0</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-5458669336937461759.post-3550536061581897759</id><published>2009-02-08T12:33:00.000+05:30</published><updated>2009-02-08T12:34:02.724+05:30</updated><category scheme='http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#' term='DataStore Objects'/><title type='text'>BW Scenario for SAP DataStore Objects</title><content type='html'>&lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;The diagram below shows how DataStore objects are used in this example of updating order and delivery information, and the status tracking of orders, meaning which orders are open, which are partially-delivered, and so on.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style="" lang="DE"&gt;&lt;img tabindex="0" alt="This graphic is explained in the accompanying text" src="http://help.sap.com/erp2005_ehp_03/helpdata/EN/bd/c627c88f9e11d4b2c90050da4c74dc/h-00100120000_image002.gif" /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;There are three main steps to the entire data process:&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoListNumber4" style="text-indent: -0.3in;"&gt; &lt;span dir="ltr"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;...&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Loading the data into the BI system and storing it in the PSA&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoListContinue"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;The data requested by the BI system is stored initially in the PSA. A PSA is created for each DataSource and each source system. The PSA is the storage location for incoming data in the BI system. Requested data is saved, unchanged, to the source system.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoListNumber" style="text-indent: -28.1pt;"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;&lt;span style=";font-family:&amp;quot;;font-size:7;"  &gt;       &lt;/span&gt;1.&lt;span style=";font-family:&amp;quot;;font-size:7;"  &gt;      &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span dir="ltr"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Processing and storing the data in DataSource objects&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoListContinue"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;In the second step, the DataSource objects are used on two different levels.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoListNumber2" style="text-indent: -59.05pt;"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;&lt;span style=";font-family:&amp;quot;;font-size:7;"  &gt;                            &lt;/span&gt;a.&lt;span style=";font-family:&amp;quot;;font-size:7;"  &gt;      &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span dir="ltr"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;On level one, the data from multiple source systems is stored in DataSource objects. Transformation rules permit you to store the consolidated and cleaned up data in the technical format of the BI system. On level one, the data is stored on the document level (for example, orders and deliveries) and constitutes the consolidated database for further processing in the BI system. Data analysis is therefore not usually performed on the DataSource objects at this level.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoListNumber2" style="text-indent: -59.05pt;"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;&lt;span style=";font-family:&amp;quot;;font-size:7;"  &gt;                            &lt;/span&gt;b.&lt;span style=";font-family:&amp;quot;;font-size:7;"  &gt;      &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span dir="ltr"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;On level two, transfer rules subsequently combine the data from several DataStore objects into a single DataStore object in accordance with business-related criteria. The data is very detailed, for example, information such as the delivery quantity, the delivery delay in days, and the order status, are calculated and stored per order item. Level 2 is used specifically for operative analysis issues, for example, which orders are still open from the last week. Unlike multidimensional analysis, where very large quantities of data are selected, here data is displayed and analyzed selectively.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoListNumber" style="text-indent: -28.1pt;"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;&lt;span style=";font-family:&amp;quot;;font-size:7;"  &gt;       &lt;/span&gt;2.&lt;span style=";font-family:&amp;quot;;font-size:7;"  &gt;      &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span dir="ltr"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Storing data in the InfoCube&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoListContinue"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;In the final step, the data is aggregated from the DataStore object on level two into an InfoCube, meaning in this scenario, that the InfoCube does not contain the order number, but saves the data, for example, on the levels of &lt;i style=""&gt;customer, product&lt;/i&gt;, and &lt;i style=""&gt;month&lt;/i&gt;. Multidimensional analysis is also performed on this data using a BEx query. You can still display the detailed document data from the DataStore object whenever you need to. Use the report/report interface from a BEx query. In this way, you are able to analyze the aggregated data from the InfoCube, and target the specific level of detail you want to access in the data.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/5458669336937461759-3550536061581897759?l=freesapbwlive.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://freesapbwlive.blogspot.com/feeds/3550536061581897759/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://www.blogger.com/comment.g?blogID=5458669336937461759&amp;postID=3550536061581897759' title='0 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/5458669336937461759/posts/default/3550536061581897759'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/5458669336937461759/posts/default/3550536061581897759'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://freesapbwlive.blogspot.com/2009/02/bw-scenario-for-sap-datastore-objects.html' title='BW Scenario for SAP DataStore Objects'/><author><name>SAP Technology</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/09945205616210282436</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='21' height='32' src='http://2.bp.blogspot.com/_5xcySHIKtvI/SweRcaYLxFI/AAAAAAAAAAM/qmZajOKIHOM/S220/MaheshBabu.jpg'/></author><thr:total>0</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-5458669336937461759.post-1080065391977055675</id><published>2009-02-08T12:32:00.002+05:30</published><updated>2009-02-08T12:33:12.713+05:30</updated><category scheme='http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#' term='DataStore Objects'/><title type='text'>SAP Standard BI DataStore Object</title><content type='html'>&lt;h3&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Use&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/h3&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;The standard DataStore object is filled with data during the extraction and load process in the BI system.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;h3&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Structure&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/h3&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;A standard DataStore object is represented on the database by three transparent tables:&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Activation queue&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;: Serves to save DataStore object data records that are to be updated, but that have not yet been activated. The data is deleted after the records have been activated.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Active data:&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt; A table containing the active data (A table).&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Change log&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;: Contains the change history for the delta update from the DataStore object into other data targets, such as DataStore objects or InfoCubes.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;The tables of active data are built according to the DataStore object definition. This means that key fields and data fields are specified when the DataStore object is defined. The activation queue and the change log are almost identical in structure: the activation queue has an SID as its key, the package ID and the record number; the change log has the request ID as its key, the package ID, and the record number.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;&lt;img tabindex="0" alt="This graphic is explained in the accompanying text" src="http://help.sap.com/erp2005_ehp_03/helpdata/EN/03/c97842b180c153e10000000a1550b0/h-00100100000_image002.gif" /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;This graphic shows how the various tables of the DataStore object work together during the data load.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Data can be loaded performantly from several source systems simultaneously because a queuing mechanism enables a parallel INSERT. The key allows records to be labeled consistently in the activation queue.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;The data arrives in the change log from the activation queue and is written to the table for active data upon activation. During activation, the requests are sorted according to their logical keys. This ensures that the data is updated to the table for active data in the correct request sequence. &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;See also:  Example of Activating and Updating Data.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/5458669336937461759-1080065391977055675?l=freesapbwlive.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://freesapbwlive.blogspot.com/feeds/1080065391977055675/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://www.blogger.com/comment.g?blogID=5458669336937461759&amp;postID=1080065391977055675' title='0 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/5458669336937461759/posts/default/1080065391977055675'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/5458669336937461759/posts/default/1080065391977055675'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://freesapbwlive.blogspot.com/2009/02/sap-standard-bi-datastore-object.html' title='SAP Standard BI DataStore Object'/><author><name>SAP Technology</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/09945205616210282436</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='21' height='32' src='http://2.bp.blogspot.com/_5xcySHIKtvI/SweRcaYLxFI/AAAAAAAAAAM/qmZajOKIHOM/S220/MaheshBabu.jpg'/></author><thr:total>0</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-5458669336937461759.post-8770699375660521154</id><published>2009-02-08T12:32:00.001+05:30</published><updated>2009-02-08T12:32:38.987+05:30</updated><category scheme='http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#' term='DataStore Objects'/><title type='text'>DataStore Objects for Direct Update</title><content type='html'>&lt;h3&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Definition&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/h3&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;The DataStore object for direct update differs from the standard DataStore object in terms of how the data is processed. In a standard DataStore object, data is stored in different versions (active, delta, modified), whereas a DataStore object for direct update contains data in a single version. Therefore, data is stored in precisely the same form in which it was written to the DataStore object for direct update by the application. In the BI system, you can use a DataStore object for direct update as a data target for an analysis process. For more information, see &lt;img alt="Structure link" src="http://help.sap.com/erp2005_ehp_03/helpdata/EN/images/book.gif" border="0" /&gt;Analysis Process Designer.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;The DataStore object for direct update is also required by diverse applications, such as SAP Strategic Enterprise Management (SEM) for example, as well as other external applications.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;h3&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Use&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/h3&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;DataStore objects for direct update ensure that the data is available quickly. The data from this kind of DataStore object is accessed transactionally. The data is written to the DataStore object (possibly by several users at the same time) and reread as soon as possible. &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;It is not a replacement for the standard DataStore object. It is an additional function that can be used in special application contexts.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;h3&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Structure&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/h3&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;The DataStore object for direct update consists of a table for active data only. It retrieves its data from external systems via fill or delete APIs. See DataStore Data and External Applications.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;The load process is not supported by the BI system. The advantage to the way it is structured is that it is easy to access data. Data is made available for analysis and reporting immediately after it is loaded.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style="" lang="DE"&gt;&lt;img tabindex="0" alt="This graphic is explained in the accompanying text" src="http://help.sap.com/erp2005_ehp_03/helpdata/EN/c0/99663b3e916a78e10000000a11402f/h-00100030000_image002.gif" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;h5&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Creating DataStore Objects for Direct Update&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/h5&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin: 6pt 0.1pt 3pt 0in;"&gt; &lt;span style=""&gt;When you create a DataStore object, you can change the DataStore object type under &lt;i style=""&gt;Settings&lt;/i&gt; in the context menu. The default setting is &lt;i style=""&gt;Standard.&lt;/i&gt; You can only switch between DataStore object types &lt;i style=""&gt;standard&lt;/i&gt; and &lt;i style=""&gt;direct update&lt;/i&gt; if data does not yet exist in the DataStore object.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;h3&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Integration&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/h3&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Since you cannot use staging and fill DataStore objects for direct update with BI data (DataSources do not provide the data), DataStore objects are not displayed in the scheduler or in the monitor. However, you can update the data in DataStore objects for direct update to additional InfoProviders.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;If you switch a standard DataStore object that already has update rules to &lt;i style=""&gt;direct update&lt;/i&gt;, the update rules are set to inactive and can no longer be processed.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Since no change log is generated, you cannot perform a delta update to the InfoProviders at the end of this process.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;The DataStore object for direct update is available as an InfoProvider in the BEx Query Designer and can be used for analysis purposes.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/5458669336937461759-8770699375660521154?l=freesapbwlive.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://freesapbwlive.blogspot.com/feeds/8770699375660521154/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://www.blogger.com/comment.g?blogID=5458669336937461759&amp;postID=8770699375660521154' title='0 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/5458669336937461759/posts/default/8770699375660521154'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/5458669336937461759/posts/default/8770699375660521154'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://freesapbwlive.blogspot.com/2009/02/datastore-objects-for-direct-update.html' title='DataStore Objects for Direct Update'/><author><name>SAP Technology</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/09945205616210282436</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='21' height='32' src='http://2.bp.blogspot.com/_5xcySHIKtvI/SweRcaYLxFI/AAAAAAAAAAM/qmZajOKIHOM/S220/MaheshBabu.jpg'/></author><thr:total>0</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-5458669336937461759.post-5502549182820610205</id><published>2009-02-08T12:31:00.000+05:30</published><updated>2009-02-08T12:32:09.622+05:30</updated><category scheme='http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#' term='DataStore Objects'/><title type='text'>SAP Write-Optimized BI DataStore Objects</title><content type='html'>&lt;h3&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Definition&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/h3&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;DataStore object that only consists of one table of active data. Data is loaded using the data transfer process.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;h3&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Use&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/h3&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Data that is loaded into write-optimized DataStore objects is available immediately for further processing. &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;You use write-optimized DataStore objects in the following scenarios:&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoListBullet"&gt;&lt;span style="font-size: 9pt; font-family: &amp;quot;Arial Unicode MS&amp;quot;;"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;●&lt;span style="font-family: &amp;quot;Times New Roman&amp;quot;; font-style: normal; font-variant: normal; font-weight: normal; font-size: 7pt; line-height: normal; font-size-adjust: none; font-stretch: normal;"&gt;     &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;You use a write-optimized DataStore object as a temporary storage area for large sets of data if you are executing complex transformations for this data before it is written to the DataStore object. Subsequently, the data can be updated to further (smaller) InfoProviders. You only have to create the complex transformations once for all data.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoListBullet"&gt;&lt;span style="font-size: 9pt; font-family: &amp;quot;Arial Unicode MS&amp;quot;;"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;●&lt;span style="font-family: &amp;quot;Times New Roman&amp;quot;; font-style: normal; font-variant: normal; font-weight: normal; font-size: 7pt; line-height: normal; font-size-adjust: none; font-stretch: normal;"&gt;     &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;You use write-optimized DataStore objects as the EDW layer for saving data. Business rules are only applied when the data is updated to additional InfoProviders.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;The system does not generate SIDs for write-optimized DataStore objects and you do not need to activate them. This means that you can save and further process data quickly. Reporting is possible on the basis of these DataStore objects. However, we recommend that you use them as a consolidation layer, and update the data to additional InfoProviders, standard DataStore objects, or InfoCubes. &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;h3&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Structure&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/h3&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Since the write-optimized DataStore object only consists of the table of active data, you do not have to activate the data, as is necessary with the standard DataStore object. This means that you can process data more quickly.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;The loaded data is not aggregated; the history of the data is retained. If two data records with the same logical key are extracted from the source, both records are saved in the DataStore object. The record mode responsible for aggregation remains, however, so that the aggregation of data can take place later in standard DataStore objects.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;The system generates a unique technical key for the write-optimized DataStore object. The standard key fields are not necessary with this type of DataStore object. If standard key fields exist anyway, they are called &lt;i&gt;semantic keys&lt;/i&gt; so that they can be distinguished from the technical keys. The technical key consists of the &lt;/span&gt;&lt;span class="Object15"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Request GUID&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt; field (0REQUEST), the &lt;/span&gt;&lt;span class="Object15"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Data Package&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt; field (0DATAPAKID) and the &lt;/span&gt;&lt;span class="Object15"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Data Record Number&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt; field (0RECORD). Only new data records are loaded to this key. &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;You can specify that you do not want to run a check to ensure that the data is unique. If you do not check the uniqueness of the data, the DataStore object table may contain several records with the same key. If you do &lt;b&gt;not&lt;/b&gt; set this indicator, and you do check the uniqueness of the data, the system generates a unique index in the semantic key of the InfoObject. This index has the technical name "KEY". Since write-optimized DataStore objects do not have a change log, the system does not create delta (in the sense of a before image and an after image). When you update data into the connected InfoProviders, the system only updates the requests that have not yet been posted.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;h5&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Use in BEx Queries&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/h5&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;For performance reasons, SID values are not created for the characteristics that are loaded. The data is still available for BEx queries. However, in comparison to standard DataStore objects, you can expect slightly worse performance because the SID values have to be created during reporting.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;If you want to use write-optimized DataStore objects in BEx queries, we recommend that they have a semantic key and that you run a check to ensure that the data is unique. In this case, the write-optimized DataStore object behaves like a standard DataStore object. If the DataStore object does not have these properties, unexpected results may be produced when the data is aggregated in the query. &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/5458669336937461759-5502549182820610205?l=freesapbwlive.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://freesapbwlive.blogspot.com/feeds/5502549182820610205/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://www.blogger.com/comment.g?blogID=5458669336937461759&amp;postID=5502549182820610205' title='0 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/5458669336937461759/posts/default/5502549182820610205'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/5458669336937461759/posts/default/5502549182820610205'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://freesapbwlive.blogspot.com/2009/02/sap-write-optimized-bi-datastore.html' title='SAP Write-Optimized BI DataStore Objects'/><author><name>SAP Technology</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/09945205616210282436</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='21' height='32' src='http://2.bp.blogspot.com/_5xcySHIKtvI/SweRcaYLxFI/AAAAAAAAAAM/qmZajOKIHOM/S220/MaheshBabu.jpg'/></author><thr:total>0</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-5458669336937461759.post-7940253941129375682</id><published>2009-02-08T12:30:00.002+05:30</published><updated>2009-02-08T12:31:41.493+05:30</updated><category scheme='http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#' term='DataStore Objects'/><title type='text'>SAP Creating BI DataStore Objects</title><content type='html'>&lt;h3&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Procedure&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/h3&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoListNumber4" style="text-indent: -0.3in;"&gt; &lt;span dir="ltr"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;...&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoListNumber" style="text-indent: -28.1pt;"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;&lt;span style=";font-family:&amp;quot;;font-size:7;"  &gt;       &lt;/span&gt;1.&lt;span style=";font-family:&amp;quot;;font-size:7;"  &gt;      &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span dir="ltr"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Select the InfoArea that you want to assign the DataStore object to, or create a new InfoArea. Choose &lt;i style=""&gt;Modeling&lt;/i&gt; &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style="font-family:Symbol;"&gt;®&lt;/span&gt;&lt;i style=""&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt; Info Providers &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/i&gt;&lt;span style="font-family:Symbol;"&gt;® &lt;/span&gt;&lt;i style=""&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Create InfoArea&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/i&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoListNumber" style="text-indent: -28.1pt;"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;&lt;span style=";font-family:&amp;quot;;font-size:7;"  &gt;       &lt;/span&gt;2.&lt;span style=";font-family:&amp;quot;;font-size:7;"  &gt;      &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span dir="ltr"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;In the context menu of the InfoArea, choose &lt;span class="Object3"&gt;Create DataStore &lt;/span&gt;&lt;i style=""&gt;Object&lt;/i&gt;.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoListNumber" style="text-indent: -28.1pt;"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;&lt;span style=";font-family:&amp;quot;;font-size:7;"  &gt;       &lt;/span&gt;3.&lt;span style=";font-family:&amp;quot;;font-size:7;"  &gt;      &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span dir="ltr"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Specify a name and a description for the DataStore object, and choose  &lt;span style=""&gt; &lt;/span&gt;&lt;i style=""&gt;Create&lt;/i&gt;.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoListContinue"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;If you want to create a copy of an existing DataStore object, specify the DataStore object that you want to use as a template.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoListContinue"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;You get to the DataStore object maintenance screen.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoListNumber" style="text-indent: -28.1pt;"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;&lt;span style=";font-family:&amp;quot;;font-size:7;"  &gt;       &lt;/span&gt;4.&lt;span style=";font-family:&amp;quot;;font-size:7;"  &gt;      &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span dir="ltr"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Copying InfoObjects:&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoListContinue"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;On the left side of the screen, there are various templates to choose from. These allow you to get a better overview in relation to a particular task. For performance reasons, the default setting is an empty template. You use the pushbuttons to select different objects as templates. &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoListContinue"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;On the right side of the screen you define the DataStore object. Using the drag and drop function, assign the InfoObjects in the key fields and in the data fields. You can select several InfoObjects at once. The system assigns navigation attributes automatically. These navigation attributes can be switched on to analyze data in BEx.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoListContinue"&gt;&lt;b style=""&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Or:&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoListContinue"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;You are also able to insert InfoObjects without selecting a template in the left half of the screen. This is useful if you know exactly which InfoObjects you want to include in the DataStore object. To do this, choose &lt;i style=""&gt;Insert InfoObjects&lt;/i&gt; in the context menu for the node for key fields or data fields. In the dialog box that appears, you can enter and transfer up to 10 ten InfoObjects directly and or you can select them using input help. You can use drag and drop to reassign them.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="NoteIcon3"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt; &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="NoteParagraph3"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;There has to be at least one key field and one data field. &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="NoteParagraph3"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Additional restrictions: &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoListContinue2" style="margin-left: 1in; text-indent: -0.25in;"&gt;&lt;span style="font-family:Symbol;"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;-&lt;span style=";font-family:&amp;quot;;font-size:7;"  &gt;         &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span dir="ltr"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;You can create a maximum of 16 key fields (if you have more key fields, you can combine fields using a routine for a key field (concatenate)).&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoListContinue2" style="margin-left: 1in; text-indent: -0.25in;"&gt;&lt;span style="font-family:Symbol;"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;-&lt;span style=";font-family:&amp;quot;;font-size:7;"  &gt;         &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span dir="ltr"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;You can create a maximum of 749 fields&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoListContinue2" style="margin-left: 1in; text-indent: -0.25in;"&gt;&lt;span style="font-family:Symbol;"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;-&lt;span style=";font-family:&amp;quot;;font-size:7;"  &gt;         &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span dir="ltr"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;You can use 1962 bytes (minus 44 bytes for the change log)&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoListContinue2" style="margin-left: 1in; text-indent: -0.25in;"&gt;&lt;span style="font-family:Symbol;"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;-&lt;span style=";font-family:&amp;quot;;font-size:7;"  &gt;         &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span dir="ltr"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;You cannot include key figures as key fields&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoListNumber" style="text-indent: -28.1pt;"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;&lt;span style=";font-family:&amp;quot;;font-size:7;"  &gt;       &lt;/span&gt;5.&lt;span style=";font-family:&amp;quot;;font-size:7;"  &gt;      &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span dir="ltr"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;In the context menu of the &lt;span class="Object6"&gt;Data Fields &lt;/span&gt;folder you can &lt;span class="Object6"&gt;Insert New Hierarchy Nodes&lt;/span&gt;. In this way you can sort the data fields in a hierarchy. You then get a better overview of large quantities of data fields in query definition.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoListNumber" style="text-indent: -28.1pt;"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;&lt;span style=";font-family:&amp;quot;;font-size:7;"  &gt;       &lt;/span&gt;6.&lt;span style=";font-family:&amp;quot;;font-size:7;"  &gt;      &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span dir="ltr"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Using &lt;i style=""&gt;Settings&lt;/i&gt; you can make various settings and define the properties of the&lt;span style=""&gt;  &lt;/span&gt;DataStore object. See also &lt;u style=""&gt;DataStore Object Settings&lt;/u&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style=";font-family:&amp;quot;;color:teal;"  &gt;s&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoListNumber" style="text-indent: -28.1pt;"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;&lt;span style=";font-family:&amp;quot;;font-size:7;"  &gt;       &lt;/span&gt;7.&lt;span style=";font-family:&amp;quot;;font-size:7;"  &gt;      &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span dir="ltr"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Under &lt;i style=""&gt;Indexes&lt;/i&gt;, call the context menu to create secondary indexes. This improves the load and query performance of the DataStore object. Primary indexes are created automatically by the system.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoListContinue"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;If the values in the index fields uniquely identify each record in the table, select &lt;i style=""&gt;Unique Index&lt;/i&gt; from the dialog box. Note that errors can occur during activation if the values are not unique.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoListContinue"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;The description of the indexes is specified by the system. To create a folder for the indexes, choose &lt;i style=""&gt;Continue&lt;/i&gt; from the dialog box. Now you can transfer the required key fields into the index folder using drag and drop.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoListContinue"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;You can create a maximum of 16 secondary indexes. These are also transported automatically.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;For more information see  &lt;span style=""&gt;Indexes&lt;/span&gt;.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoListNumber" style="text-indent: -28.1pt;"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;&lt;span style=";font-family:&amp;quot;;font-size:7;"  &gt;       &lt;/span&gt;8.&lt;span style=";font-family:&amp;quot;;font-size:7;"  &gt;      &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span dir="ltr"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Use  &lt;span style=""&gt; &lt;/span&gt;&lt;i style=""&gt;Check&lt;/i&gt; to make sure that the DataStore object is consistent.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoListNumber" style="text-indent: -28.1pt;"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;&lt;span style=";font-family:&amp;quot;;font-size:7;"  &gt;       &lt;/span&gt;9.&lt;span style=";font-family:&amp;quot;;font-size:7;"  &gt;      &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span dir="ltr"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Save the DataStore object, and activate it. When you activate the DataStore object, the system generates an export DataSource. You use this to update the DataStore object data to further InfoProviders.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/5458669336937461759-7940253941129375682?l=freesapbwlive.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://freesapbwlive.blogspot.com/feeds/7940253941129375682/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://www.blogger.com/comment.g?blogID=5458669336937461759&amp;postID=7940253941129375682' title='0 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/5458669336937461759/posts/default/7940253941129375682'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/5458669336937461759/posts/default/7940253941129375682'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://freesapbwlive.blogspot.com/2009/02/sap-creating-bi-datastore-objects.html' title='SAP Creating BI DataStore Objects'/><author><name>SAP Technology</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/09945205616210282436</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='21' height='32' src='http://2.bp.blogspot.com/_5xcySHIKtvI/SweRcaYLxFI/AAAAAAAAAAM/qmZajOKIHOM/S220/MaheshBabu.jpg'/></author><thr:total>0</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-5458669336937461759.post-2413191693293300527</id><published>2009-02-08T12:30:00.001+05:30</published><updated>2009-02-08T12:30:43.365+05:30</updated><category scheme='http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#' term='DataStore Objects'/><title type='text'>DataStore Object Settings</title><content type='html'>&lt;h3&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Use&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/h3&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;When creating and changing a DataStore object, you can make the following settings:&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;h5&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;DataStore Object Type&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/h5&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Select the DataStore object type. You can choose between &lt;/span&gt;&lt;span class="Object5"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;standard&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;, &lt;/span&gt;&lt;span class="Object5"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;direct update&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt; and &lt;/span&gt;&lt;span class="Object5"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;write-optimized&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;, where &lt;/span&gt;&lt;span class="Object5"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;standard&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt; is the default value and &lt;/span&gt;&lt;span class="Object5"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;direct update&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt; is only intended for special cases. You can switch the type as long as there is still no data in the DataStore object.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;More information: Standard DataStore Objects, DataStore Objects for Direct Update, and Write-Optimized DataStore Objects&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;h5&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Check Table for InfoObjects&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/h5&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Here, the system displays the name of the InfoObject for which the DataStore object can also be the check table. You can specify this when creating an InfoObject. More information: Tab Page: Master Data/Texts in the InfoObject maintenance&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;h3&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Type-Specific Settings&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/h3&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;The following settings are only available for certain DataStore object types:&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;h4&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;For Write-Optimized DataStore Objects&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;  &lt;h5&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Do Not Check Uniqueness of Data&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/h5&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;This indicator is only relevant for write-optimized DataStore objects. With these objects, the technical key of the active tables always consists of the fields &lt;/span&gt;&lt;span class="Object5"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Request&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;, &lt;/span&gt;&lt;span class="Object5"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Data Package,&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt; and &lt;/span&gt;&lt;span class="Object5"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Data Record&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;. The InfoObjects that appear in the maintenance dialog in the &lt;/span&gt;&lt;span class="Object5"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Semantic Key&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt; folder form the semantic key of the write-optimized DataStore object.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;If you set this indicator, &lt;b&gt;no&lt;/b&gt; unique index is generated with the technical name "KEY" for the InfoObjects in the semantic key, and there can be multiple records with the same key in the active table of the DataStore object.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;h4&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;For Standard DataStore Objects:&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;  &lt;h5&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Generating SID Values&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/h5&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;With the &lt;/span&gt;&lt;span class="Object5"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Generation of SID Values&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt; indicator, you specify whether SIDs are created for the new characteristic values in the DataStore object when the data is activated. If you do not set the indicator, no SIDs are created and activation is completed faster.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;h5&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Loading Unique Data Records&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/h5&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;If you are only loading unique data records (data records with nonrecurring key combinations) into the DataStore object, the loading performance improves if you set the indicator &lt;i&gt;Unique Data Records&lt;/i&gt; in the DataStore object maintenance. &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;The records are then updated more quickly because the system no longer needs to check whether the record already exists. You have to be sure that no duplicate records are loaded because this terminates the process.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;If you set this indicator, the system automatically sets the indicator for creating SID values.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="NoteIcon5"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt; &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="NoteParagraph5"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;This DataStore object property is only supported if SID values are created during activation (see the &lt;i&gt;Creating SID Values&lt;/i&gt; indicator). Otherwise, we recommend using a write-optimized DataStore object.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;h5&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Automatic Further Processing&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/h5&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;If you still use a 3.x InfoPackage to load data, you can activate several automatisms to further process the data in the DataStore object. If you use the data transfer process and process chains that SAP recommends you use, you cannot however use these automatisms.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;We recommend that you always use process chains.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;More information:  Including DataStore Objects in Process Chains&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Settings for automatic further processing:&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoListBullet"&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: &amp;quot;;&amp;quot;;"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;●&lt;span style="font-family: &amp;quot;;font-size:7;&amp;quot;;"&gt;      &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Automatically Setting Quality Status to &lt;i&gt;OK&lt;/i&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoListContinue"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Using this indicator, you can specify that the system automatically sets the quality status of the data to OK after the data has been loaded into the DataStore object. Activate this function. You should only deselect this indicator if you want to check the data after it has been loaded.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoListBullet"&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: &amp;quot;;&amp;quot;;"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;●&lt;span style="font-family: &amp;quot;;font-size:7;&amp;quot;;"&gt;      &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Activating the DataStore Object Data Automatically&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoListContinue"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Using this indicator, you can specify that data that has the quality status&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span class="Object5"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt; OK&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt; is transferred from the activation queue into the table of active data, and that the change log is updated. Activation is carried out by a new job that is started after data has been loaded into a DataStore object. If the activation process terminates, there can be no automatic update.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoListBullet"&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: &amp;quot;;&amp;quot;;"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;●&lt;span style="font-family: &amp;quot;;font-size:7;&amp;quot;;"&gt;      &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Updating Data from DataStore Objects Automatically&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoListContinue"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Using this indicator, you can specify that the DataStore object data is automatically updated. Once the data has been activated, it is updated to the connected InfoProviders. The first update is automatically an initial update. If the activation process terminates, there can be no automatic update. The update is carried out by a new job that is started once activation is complete.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="NoteIcon5"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt; &lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="NoteParagraph5"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Only switch on automatic activation and automatic update if you are sure that these processes do not overlap. &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;For further settings, see  Performance Optimization for DataStore Objects.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/5458669336937461759-2413191693293300527?l=freesapbwlive.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://freesapbwlive.blogspot.com/feeds/2413191693293300527/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://www.blogger.com/comment.g?blogID=5458669336937461759&amp;postID=2413191693293300527' title='0 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/5458669336937461759/posts/default/2413191693293300527'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/5458669336937461759/posts/default/2413191693293300527'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://freesapbwlive.blogspot.com/2009/02/datastore-object-settings.html' title='DataStore Object Settings'/><author><name>SAP Technology</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/09945205616210282436</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='21' height='32' src='http://2.bp.blogspot.com/_5xcySHIKtvI/SweRcaYLxFI/AAAAAAAAAAM/qmZajOKIHOM/S220/MaheshBabu.jpg'/></author><thr:total>0</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-5458669336937461759.post-7720762081453776880</id><published>2009-02-08T12:29:00.002+05:30</published><updated>2009-02-08T12:30:09.143+05:30</updated><category scheme='http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#' term='DataStore Objects'/><title type='text'>SAP BW Multidimensional Clustering Data Store Objects</title><content type='html'>&lt;h3&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Use&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/h3&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Multidimensional clustering (MDC) allows you to save the sorted data records in the active table of a DataStore object. Data records with the same key field values are saved in the same extents (related database storage unit). This prevents data records with the same key values from being spread over a large memory area and thereby reduces the number of extents to be read upon accessing tables. Multidimensional clustering greatly improves active table queries.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;h3&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Prerequisites&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/h3&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Currently, the function is only supported by the database platform IBM DB2 Universal Database for UNIX and Windows.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;h3&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Features&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/h3&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Multidimensional clustering organizes the data records of the active table of a DataStore object according to one or more fields of your choice. The selected fields are also indicated as MDC dimensions. Only data records with the same values in the MDC dimensions are saved in an extent. In the context of MDC, an extent is called a block. &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;The system creates block indexes from within the database for the selected fields. Block indexes link to extents instead of data record numbers and are therefore much smaller than row-based secondary indexes. They save memory space and can be searched through more quickly. This particularly improves performance of table queries that are restricted to these fields.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;You can select the key fields of an active table of a DataStore object as an MDC dimension.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Multidimensional clustering was introduced in Release SAP NetWeaver 2004s and can be set up separately for each DataStore object.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;For procedures, see Definition of Clustering.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/5458669336937461759-7720762081453776880?l=freesapbwlive.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://freesapbwlive.blogspot.com/feeds/7720762081453776880/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://www.blogger.com/comment.g?blogID=5458669336937461759&amp;postID=7720762081453776880' title='0 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/5458669336937461759/posts/default/7720762081453776880'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/5458669336937461759/posts/default/7720762081453776880'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://freesapbwlive.blogspot.com/2009/02/sap-bw-multidimensional-clustering-data.html' title='SAP BW Multidimensional Clustering Data Store Objects'/><author><name>SAP Technology</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/09945205616210282436</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='21' height='32' src='http://2.bp.blogspot.com/_5xcySHIKtvI/SweRcaYLxFI/AAAAAAAAAAM/qmZajOKIHOM/S220/MaheshBabu.jpg'/></author><thr:total>0</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-5458669336937461759.post-7920926860028011520</id><published>2009-02-08T12:29:00.001+05:30</published><updated>2009-02-08T12:29:33.170+05:30</updated><category scheme='http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#' term='DataStore Objects'/><title type='text'>Data Store Objects Definition of Clustering</title><content type='html'>&lt;h3&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Prerequisites&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/h3&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;You can only change clustering if the DataStore object does not contain any data. You can change the clustering of DataStore objects that are already filled using the &lt;i&gt;Reclustering&lt;/i&gt; function. &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;For more information, see Reclustering.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;h3&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Features&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/h3&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;In the DataStore maintenance, select &lt;/span&gt;&lt;span class="Object4"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Extras&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;  &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: Symbol;"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;®&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt; &lt;/span&gt;&lt;span class="Object4"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;DB Performance&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt; &lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: Symbol;"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;®&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt; &lt;/span&gt;&lt;span class="Object4"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Clustering&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;You can select MDC dimensions for the DataStore object on the &lt;i&gt;Multidimensional Clustering&lt;/i&gt; screen.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Select one or more InfoObjects as MDC dimensions and assign them consecutive sequence numbers, beginning with 1. The sequence number shows whether a field has been selected as an MDC dimension and determines the order of the MDC dimensions in the combined block index. &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="NoteIcon4"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt; &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="NoteParagraph4"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;In addition to block indexes for the different MDC dimensions within the database, the system creates the combined block index. The combined block index contains the fields of all the MDC dimensions. The order of the MDC dimensions can slightly affect the performance of table queries that are restricted to all MDC dimensions and those that are used to access the combined block index.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;When selecting, proceed as follows:&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoListBullet"&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: Symbol;"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;·&lt;span style="font-family: &amp;quot;;font-size:7;&amp;quot;;"&gt;        &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Select InfoObjects that you use to restrict your queries. For example, you can use a time characteristic as an MDC dimension to restrict your queries.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoListBullet"&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: Symbol;"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;·&lt;span style="font-family: &amp;quot;;font-size:7;&amp;quot;;"&gt;        &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Select InfoObjects with a low cardinality. For example, the time characteristic 0CALMONTH instead of 0CALDAY.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoListContinue"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;You cannot select more than three InfoObjects.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoListBullet"&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: Symbol;"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;·&lt;span style="font-family: &amp;quot;;font-size:7;&amp;quot;;"&gt;        &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Assign sequence numbers using the following criteria:&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoListBullet2"&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: Wingdings;"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;¡&lt;span style="font-family: &amp;quot;;font-size:7;&amp;quot;;"&gt;        &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Sort the InfoObjects according to how often they occur in queries (assign the lowest sequence number to the InfoObject that occurs most often in queries).&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoListBullet2"&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: Wingdings;"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;¡&lt;span style="font-family: &amp;quot;;font-size:7;&amp;quot;;"&gt;        &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Sort the InfoObjects according to selectivity (assign the lowest sequence number to the InfoObject with the most different data records).&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="NoteIcon4"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt; &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="NoteParagraph4"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Note: At least one block is created for each value combination in the MDC dimension. This memory area is reserved independently of the number of data records that have the same value combination in the MDC dimension. If there is not a sufficient number of data records with the same value combinations to completely fill a block, the free memory remains unused. This is so that data records with a different value combination in the MDC dimension cannot be written to the block. &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="NoteParagraph4"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;If for each combination that exists in the DataStore object, only a few data records exist in the selected MDC dimension, most blocks have unused free memory. This means that the active tables use an unnecessarily large amount of memory space. Performance of table queries also deteriorates, as many pages with not much information must be read.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;h3&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Example&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/h3&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;The size of a block depends on the PAGESIZE and the EXTENTSIZE of the tablespace. The standard PAGESIZE of the DataStore tablespace with the assigned data class DODS is 16K. Up to Release SAP BW 3.5, the default EXTENTSIZE value was 16. As of Release SAP NetWeaver 2004s the new default EXTENTSIZE value is 2.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;With an EXTENTSIZE of 2 and a PAGESIZE of 16K the memory area is calculated as 2 x 16K = 32K, this is reserved for each block.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;The width of a data record depends on the width and number of key fields and data fields in the DataStore object. &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;If, for example, a DataStore object has 10 key fields, each with 10 bytes, and 30 data fields with an average of 9 bytes each, a data record needs 10 x 10 bytes + 30 x 9 bytes = 370 bytes. In a 32K block, 32768 bytes/370 bytes could write 88 data records. At least 80 data records should exist for each value combination in the MDC dimensions. This allows optimal use of the memory space in the active table.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/5458669336937461759-7920926860028011520?l=freesapbwlive.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://freesapbwlive.blogspot.com/feeds/7920926860028011520/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://www.blogger.com/comment.g?blogID=5458669336937461759&amp;postID=7920926860028011520' title='0 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/5458669336937461759/posts/default/7920926860028011520'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/5458669336937461759/posts/default/7920926860028011520'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://freesapbwlive.blogspot.com/2009/02/data-store-objects-definition-of.html' title='Data Store Objects Definition of Clustering'/><author><name>SAP Technology</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/09945205616210282436</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='21' height='32' src='http://2.bp.blogspot.com/_5xcySHIKtvI/SweRcaYLxFI/AAAAAAAAAAM/qmZajOKIHOM/S220/MaheshBabu.jpg'/></author><thr:total>0</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-5458669336937461759.post-4600277767765170767</id><published>2009-02-08T12:28:00.000+05:30</published><updated>2009-02-08T12:29:03.229+05:30</updated><category scheme='http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#' term='DataStore Objects'/><title type='text'>DataStore Data and External Applications</title><content type='html'>&lt;h3&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Use&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/h3&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Various functions allow you to read data from DataStore objects from external applications or to fill DataStore objects from external applications.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;h3&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Features&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/h3&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;The BAPI, BAPI_ODSO_READ_DATA_UC, for reading data, enables you to make DataStore data available to external systems. This BAPI can be used for all DataStore object types.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="NoteParagraph2"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt; &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="NoteParagraph2"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;BAPI BAPI_ODSO_READ_DATA was used fort his purpose in the previous release. It is now obsolete.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;The following APIs are available for direct update of DataStore objects (see DataStore Object for Direct Update):&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;RSDRI_ODSO_INSERT: Inserts new data (with keys not yet in the system).&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;RSDRI_ODSO_INSERT_RFC: see above, can be called up remotely&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;RSDRI_ODSO_MODIFY:&lt;span style=""&gt;  &lt;/span&gt;inserts data having new keys; for data with keys already in the system, the data is changed.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;RSDRI_ODSO_MODIFY_RFC: see above, can be called up remotely&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;RSDRI_ODSO_UPDATE: changes data with keys in the system&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;RSDRI_ODSO_UPDATE_RFC: see above, can be called up remotely&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;RSDRI_ODSO_DELETE_RFC: deletes data&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Also take a look at the extensive documentation for this function module in the BW system.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;These APIs allow you to fill DataStore objects with data from external applications, for example, from Web applications.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;&lt;img tabindex="0" alt="This graphic is explained in the accompanying text" src="http://help.sap.com/erp2005_ehp_03/helpdata/EN/c7/dc833b2ab3ae0ee10000000a11402f/h-00100020000_image002.gif" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;You can also download from the DataStore object. You can display the DataStore table data from the DataStore object administration, and also download the data using the data browser so that you can use or display it in other applications. For more information see DataStore Object Content.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/5458669336937461759-4600277767765170767?l=freesapbwlive.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://freesapbwlive.blogspot.com/feeds/4600277767765170767/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://www.blogger.com/comment.g?blogID=5458669336937461759&amp;postID=4600277767765170767' title='0 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/5458669336937461759/posts/default/4600277767765170767'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/5458669336937461759/posts/default/4600277767765170767'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://freesapbwlive.blogspot.com/2009/02/datastore-data-and-external.html' title='DataStore Data and External Applications'/><author><name>SAP Technology</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/09945205616210282436</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='21' height='32' src='http://2.bp.blogspot.com/_5xcySHIKtvI/SweRcaYLxFI/AAAAAAAAAAM/qmZajOKIHOM/S220/MaheshBabu.jpg'/></author><thr:total>0</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-5458669336937461759.post-7276019220258556072</id><published>2009-02-08T12:27:00.002+05:30</published><updated>2009-02-08T12:28:30.194+05:30</updated><category scheme='http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#' term='DataStore Objects'/><title type='text'>Data Store Objects Interview Questions and Answers</title><content type='html'>&lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;What are the benefits of loading requests in parallel?&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Several requests can be updated more quickly in the DataStore object. &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Can the processes for loading and activating requests be started independently of one another?&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Yes. You can create a process chain that starts the activation process once the loading process is complete. More information: Including DataStore Objects in Process Chains&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Is there a maximum number of records that can be activated simultaneously?&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;No.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Can I change the loading method that is used to load the data into the DataStore object from a full update to a delta update?&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin: 0in 0in 0.0001pt;"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;No. Once a full update has been used to load data into the DataStore object, you are no longer able to change the loading method for this particular combination of DataSource and source system. One exception to this is updating a DataStore object to another (not yet filled) DataStore object if InfoProviders already exist that have been supplied with deltas from the DataStore object. You can run a full upload, which is handled like an initial, into the empty DataStore object and then load deltas on top of that. &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Why is it that, after multiple data loads, the change log is larger than the table of active data?&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;The change log grows in proportion to the table of active data, because before and after-images of each new request are stored there. More information: Example for Activating and Updating Data and the description of the delta process.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Can I delete date from the change log once the data has been activated?&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;If a delta initialization is available for updates to connected InfoProviders, requests have to be updated before the corresponding data can be deleted from the change log. In the DataStore object administration, you can then call the Delete Change Log Data &lt;span style=""&gt; &lt;/span&gt;function. You can schedule this process to run periodically.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;However, you cannot immediately delete the data that you just activated, because the most recent deletion selection that you can specify is &lt;/span&gt;&lt;span class="Object13"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Older Than 1 Day.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Are locks set when I delete data from the DataStore object to prevent data being written simultaneously?&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;More information:  Functional Constraints of Processes&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;When is it useful to delete data from the DataStore object?&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;There are three options available for deleting data from the DataStore object: by request, selectively, and from the change log. To determine the best option, read the detailed description of deleting data from DataStore objects.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;When do I use the DataStore object for direct update?&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;You use this type of DataStore object to load data quickly without using the extraction and load processes in the BI system. More information: DataStore Objects for Direct Update&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/5458669336937461759-7276019220258556072?l=freesapbwlive.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://freesapbwlive.blogspot.com/feeds/7276019220258556072/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://www.blogger.com/comment.g?blogID=5458669336937461759&amp;postID=7276019220258556072' title='1 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/5458669336937461759/posts/default/7276019220258556072'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/5458669336937461759/posts/default/7276019220258556072'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://freesapbwlive.blogspot.com/2009/02/data-store-objects-interview-questions.html' title='Data Store Objects Interview Questions and Answers'/><author><name>SAP Technology</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/09945205616210282436</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='21' height='32' src='http://2.bp.blogspot.com/_5xcySHIKtvI/SweRcaYLxFI/AAAAAAAAAAM/qmZajOKIHOM/S220/MaheshBabu.jpg'/></author><thr:total>1</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-5458669336937461759.post-8694233055096566422</id><published>2009-02-08T12:27:00.001+05:30</published><updated>2009-02-08T12:27:47.790+05:30</updated><category scheme='http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#' term='DataStore Objects'/><title type='text'>InfoObjects As InfoProvider SAP BW</title><content type='html'>&lt;h3&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Definition&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/h3&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;You can indicate an InfoObject of type characteristic as an InfoProvider if it has attributes and/or texts. The data is then loaded into the master data tables using the transformation rules.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="NoteParagraph3"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt; &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="NoteParagraph3"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;You can only designate a characteristic as an InfoProvider if it contains texts or attributes. It is not possible to use transformation rules to load hierarchies.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;h3&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Use&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/h3&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;You can define transformation rules for the characteristic and use them to load attributes and texts. &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;You can also define queries for the characteristic (more exactly: for the master data of a characteristic) and then report using the master data. &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;In InfoObject maintenance, you can also select two-level navigation attributes (the navigation attributes for the navigation attributes of the characteristic) for this characteristic in the &lt;i&gt;Attribute&lt;/i&gt; tab page. These are then available like normal characteristics in the query definition.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;h3&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Integration&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/h3&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;If you want to turn a characteristic into an InfoProvider, you have to assign an InfoArea to the characteristic. The characteristic is subsequently displayed in the InfoProvider tree in the Data Warehousing Workbench.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/5458669336937461759-8694233055096566422?l=freesapbwlive.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://freesapbwlive.blogspot.com/feeds/8694233055096566422/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://www.blogger.com/comment.g?blogID=5458669336937461759&amp;postID=8694233055096566422' title='0 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/5458669336937461759/posts/default/8694233055096566422'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/5458669336937461759/posts/default/8694233055096566422'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://freesapbwlive.blogspot.com/2009/02/infoobjects-as-infoprovider-sap-bw.html' title='InfoObjects As InfoProvider SAP BW'/><author><name>SAP Technology</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/09945205616210282436</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='21' height='32' src='http://2.bp.blogspot.com/_5xcySHIKtvI/SweRcaYLxFI/AAAAAAAAAAM/qmZajOKIHOM/S220/MaheshBabu.jpg'/></author><thr:total>0</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-5458669336937461759.post-3500244751022635324</id><published>2009-02-05T11:02:00.002+05:30</published><updated>2009-02-05T11:03:15.315+05:30</updated><category scheme='http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#' term='DataSource'/><title type='text'>SAP DataSource in the SAP Source System in BW BI</title><content type='html'>&lt;h3&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Definition&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/h3&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Data that logically belongs together is stored in the source system in the form of DataSources. &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;A DataSource consists of a quantity of fields that are offered for data transfer into BI. The DataSource is technically based on the fields of the extraction structure. By defining a DataSource, these fields can be enhanced as well as hidden (or filtered) for the data transfer. &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Additionally, the DataSource describes the properties of the associated extractor with regard to data transfer to BI. Upon replication, the BI-relevant properties of the DataSource are made known in BI.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;h3&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Integration&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/h3&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;DataSources are used for extracting data from an SAP source system and for transferring data into BI. DataSources make the source system data available to BI on request in the form of the (if necessary, filtered and enhanced) extraction structure. In the DataSource maintenance in BI, you determine which fields from the DataSource are actually transferred. Data is transferred in the input layer of BI, the Persistent Staging Area (PSA). In the transformation, you determine what the assignment of fields from the DataSource to InfoObjects from BI should look like. Data transfer processes facilitate the further distribution of the data from the PSA to other targets. The rules that you set in the transformation apply here.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/5458669336937461759-3500244751022635324?l=freesapbwlive.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://freesapbwlive.blogspot.com/feeds/3500244751022635324/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://www.blogger.com/comment.g?blogID=5458669336937461759&amp;postID=3500244751022635324' title='0 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/5458669336937461759/posts/default/3500244751022635324'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/5458669336937461759/posts/default/3500244751022635324'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://freesapbwlive.blogspot.com/2009/02/sap-datasource-in-sap-source-system-in.html' title='SAP DataSource in the SAP Source System in BW BI'/><author><name>SAP Technology</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/09945205616210282436</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='21' height='32' src='http://2.bp.blogspot.com/_5xcySHIKtvI/SweRcaYLxFI/AAAAAAAAAAM/qmZajOKIHOM/S220/MaheshBabu.jpg'/></author><thr:total>0</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-5458669336937461759.post-2962524939014332974</id><published>2009-02-05T11:02:00.001+05:30</published><updated>2009-02-05T11:02:37.073+05:30</updated><category scheme='http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#' term='DataSource'/><title type='text'>SAP Extraction Structure in BW BI</title><content type='html'>&lt;h3&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Definition&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/h3&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;In the extraction structure, data from a DataSource is staged in the source system. It contains the amount of fields that are offered by an extractor in the source system for the data loading process. &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;You can edit DataSource extraction structures in the source system. In particular, you can determine the DataSource fields in which you hide extraction structure fields from the transfer. This means filtering the extraction structure and/or enhancing the DataSource for fields, meaning completing the extraction structure. In transaction SBIW in the source system, choose &lt;/span&gt;&lt;span class="Object3"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Business Information Warehouse &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;i&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: Symbol;"&gt;®&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/i&gt;&lt;span class="Object3"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt; Subsequent Processing of DataSources.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/5458669336937461759-2962524939014332974?l=freesapbwlive.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://freesapbwlive.blogspot.com/feeds/2962524939014332974/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://www.blogger.com/comment.g?blogID=5458669336937461759&amp;postID=2962524939014332974' title='0 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/5458669336937461759/posts/default/2962524939014332974'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/5458669336937461759/posts/default/2962524939014332974'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://freesapbwlive.blogspot.com/2009/02/sap-extraction-structure-in-bw-bi.html' title='SAP Extraction Structure in BW BI'/><author><name>SAP Technology</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/09945205616210282436</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='21' height='32' src='http://2.bp.blogspot.com/_5xcySHIKtvI/SweRcaYLxFI/AAAAAAAAAAM/qmZajOKIHOM/S220/MaheshBabu.jpg'/></author><thr:total>0</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-5458669336937461759.post-4109850051011688666</id><published>2009-02-05T11:01:00.000+05:30</published><updated>2009-02-05T11:02:05.665+05:30</updated><category scheme='http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#' term='DataSource'/><title type='text'>SAP Installing the Business Content DataSource in the Active Version in BW BI</title><content type='html'>&lt;h3&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Use&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/h3&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;The DataSources delivered by SAP with the BI Content and any DataSources delivered by partners or customers in their own namespace are available in the delivery version (D version) in the SAP source system. If you want to transfer data from an SAP source system to a BI system using a DataSource, you must first copy the data from the D version to the active version (A version) and make it known in the BI system. &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;You have two options:&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoListBullet"&gt;&lt;span style=";font-family:&amp;quot;;" &gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;●&lt;span style=";font-family:&amp;quot;;font-size:7;"  &gt;      &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;You can copy the DataSource &lt;b&gt;in the SAP source system&lt;/b&gt; to the active version and then replicate it.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoListBullet"&gt;&lt;span style=";font-family:&amp;quot;;" &gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;●&lt;span style=";font-family:&amp;quot;;font-size:7;"  &gt;      &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;You can copy the DataSource &lt;b&gt;remotely from within the BI system&lt;/b&gt; to the active version. In this case the replication takes place automatically.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;h3&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Prerequisites&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/h3&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoListBullet"&gt;&lt;span style=";font-family:&amp;quot;;" &gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;●&lt;span style=";font-family:&amp;quot;;font-size:7;"  &gt;      &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;The remote activation is subject to an authorization check. Authorization object S_RO_BCTRA is checked. System administration must have assigned you the role SAP_RO_BCTRA in order for you to be able to activate the DataSources (more information: Changing Standard Roles). This authorization applies to all the DataSources in a source system.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoListBullet"&gt;&lt;span style=";font-family:&amp;quot;;" &gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;●&lt;span style=";font-family:&amp;quot;;font-size:7;"  &gt;      &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;For remote activation, the D versions of the DataSources must exist in the BI system. They are replicated when you connect a source system and when you replicate to the BI system for an application component or a source system. &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;h3&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Procedure&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/h3&gt;  &lt;h4&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;In the SAP Source System&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoListNumber4" style="text-indent: -0.3in;"&gt; &lt;span style=""&gt;...&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoListNumber" style="text-indent: -28.1pt;"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;&lt;span style=";font-family:&amp;quot;;font-size:7;"  &gt;       &lt;/span&gt;1.&lt;span style=";font-family:&amp;quot;;font-size:7;"  &gt;      &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;To transfer and activate a DataSource delivered by SAP with Business Content, in transaction SBIW in the source system choose &lt;i&gt;Business Information Warehouse&lt;/i&gt; &lt;/span&gt;&lt;i&gt;&lt;span style="font-family:Wingdings;"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;à&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/i&gt;&lt;i&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt; Business Content DataSources or Activating SAP Business Content &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/i&gt;&lt;i&gt;&lt;span style="font-family:Wingdings;"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;à&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/i&gt;&lt;i&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Transfer Business Content DataSources&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/i&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoListContinue"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;The following figure displays the DataSources in an overview according to the application component.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoListNumber" style="text-indent: -28.1pt;"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;&lt;span style=";font-family:&amp;quot;;font-size:7;"  &gt;       &lt;/span&gt;2.&lt;span style=";font-family:&amp;quot;;font-size:7;"  &gt;      &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Select the nodes in the application component hierarchy for which you want to transfer DataSources into the active version. Do so by positioning the cursor on the node and choosing &lt;i&gt;Highlight Subtree.&lt;/i&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoListContinue"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;The DataSources lying under the subtree and other subtrees are selected.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoListNumber" style="text-indent: -28.1pt;"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;&lt;span style=";font-family:&amp;quot;;font-size:7;"  &gt;       &lt;/span&gt;3.&lt;span style=";font-family:&amp;quot;;font-size:7;"  &gt;      &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;To check for differences between the active and delivery versions of the DataSources, choose &lt;/span&gt;&lt;span class="Object8"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Select Delta&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoListContinue"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;DataSources for which differences were found in the check (for example, due to changes to the extractor) are highlighted in yellow.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoListNumber" style="text-indent: -28.1pt;"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;&lt;span style=";font-family:&amp;quot;;font-size:7;"  &gt;       &lt;/span&gt;4.&lt;span style=";font-family:&amp;quot;;font-size:7;"  &gt;      &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;To analyze the differences between active and delivered versions of a particular DataSource, select the DataSource and choose &lt;i&gt;Version Comparison.&lt;/i&gt; The application log contains further information regarding the version comparison.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoListNumber" style="text-indent: -28.1pt;"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;&lt;span style=";font-family:&amp;quot;;font-size:7;"  &gt;       &lt;/span&gt;5.&lt;span style=";font-family:&amp;quot;;font-size:7;"  &gt;      &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;To transfer a DataSource from the delivery version into the active version, select it in the overview tree using the button &lt;i&gt;Highlight Subtree&lt;/i&gt; and choose &lt;i&gt;Transfer DataSources.&lt;/i&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoListContinue"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;If an error occurs, the error log appears.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoListContinue"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Regardless of whether data has been successfully transferred into the active version, you can call the log by choosing &lt;i&gt;Display Log.&lt;/i&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoListNumber" style="text-indent: -28.1pt;"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;&lt;span style=";font-family:&amp;quot;;font-size:7;"  &gt;       &lt;/span&gt;6.&lt;span style=";font-family:&amp;quot;;font-size:7;"  &gt;      &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;To provide the active version of the DataSource in the connected BI systems and to enable data extraction and transfer, replicate the DataSource(s) with a metadata upload to the BI system.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;You can then activate the objects for this source system that depend on the source system in the BI system.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="NoteIcon8"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt; &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="NoteParagraph8"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;When you activate BI Content DataSources, the system overwrites the active customer version with the SAP version.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="NoteIcon8"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt; &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="NoteParagraph8"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;You can only search for DataSources or other nodes in expanded nodes.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;For information about changing the installed DataSources, see Editing DataSources and Application Components.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;h4&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Remotely From Within the BI System&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;DataSources are activated remotely under the given circumstances when BI Content is activated. Information about the general procedure for installing content: Installing BI Content. &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;In BI, the system collects the DataSources for those objects that are one level (at most) before the selected object. This is sufficient to provide transaction and master data.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="NoteIcon8"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt; &lt;span style=""&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="NoteParagraph8"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;For example, if this object is an InfoCube, the following DataSources are collected: &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoListBullet3"&gt;&lt;span style=";font-family:&amp;quot;;" &gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;■&lt;span style=";font-family:&amp;quot;;font-size:7;"  &gt;       &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;DataSources from which the corresponding InfoSource supplies transaction data to the InfoCube (see above graphic)&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoListBullet3"&gt;&lt;span style=";font-family:&amp;quot;;" &gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;■&lt;span style=";font-family:&amp;quot;;font-size:7;"  &gt;       &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;DataSources that contain the original master data of the InfoObjects contained in the InfoCube (characteristics of the InfoProvider as well as their display and navigation attributes). &lt;b&gt;No&lt;/b&gt; DataSources are collected for the attributes of these InfoObjects.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;When the objects are collected, the system checks the authorizations remotely. If you do not have authorization to activate the DataSource, the system produces a warning. &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;If you install BI Content in the BI system in the active version, the results of the authorization check are taken from the main store. &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;If you do not have the necessary authorization, the system produces a warning for the DataSource. Errors are shown for the corresponding source-system-dependent objects (transformations, transfer rules, transfer structure, InfoPackage, process chain, process variant). In this case, you have the option of manually installing the required DataSources in the source system from the BI Content (see above), replicating them in the BI system, and then transferring the corresponding source-system-dependent objects from the BI Content.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;If you have the required authorization, the active versions of the DataSources are installed in the source system and replicated in the BI system. The source-system-dependent objects are activated in the BI system.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="NoteIcon8"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt; &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="NoteParagraph8"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;BI Service API with Release SAP NetWeaver 7.0 (Plug-In Basis 2005.1) in the source system and BI are prerequisite to remote activation. If this prerequisite is not fulfilled, you have to activate DataSources in the source system and replicate them in BI afterwards.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/5458669336937461759-4109850051011688666?l=freesapbwlive.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://freesapbwlive.blogspot.com/feeds/4109850051011688666/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://www.blogger.com/comment.g?blogID=5458669336937461759&amp;postID=4109850051011688666' title='0 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/5458669336937461759/posts/default/4109850051011688666'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/5458669336937461759/posts/default/4109850051011688666'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://freesapbwlive.blogspot.com/2009/02/sap-installing-business-content.html' title='SAP Installing the Business Content DataSource in the Active Version in BW BI'/><author><name>SAP Technology</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/09945205616210282436</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='21' height='32' src='http://2.bp.blogspot.com/_5xcySHIKtvI/SweRcaYLxFI/AAAAAAAAAAM/qmZajOKIHOM/S220/MaheshBabu.jpg'/></author><thr:total>0</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-5458669336937461759.post-2222288913757780117</id><published>2009-02-05T11:00:00.000+05:30</published><updated>2009-02-05T11:01:11.049+05:30</updated><category scheme='http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#' term='DataSource'/><title type='text'>SAP Editing the DataSource in the Source System in BW BI</title><content type='html'>&lt;h3&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Use&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/h3&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;You can edit DataSources in the source system, using transaction SBIW. &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;For more information on maintaining DataSources, choose &lt;i&gt;Subsequent Processing of DataSources&lt;/i&gt; &lt;/span&gt;&lt;i&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: Symbol;"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;®&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/i&gt;&lt;i&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt; Edit DataSource&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/i&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt; in transaction SBIW.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/5458669336937461759-2222288913757780117?l=freesapbwlive.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://freesapbwlive.blogspot.com/feeds/2222288913757780117/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://www.blogger.com/comment.g?blogID=5458669336937461759&amp;postID=2222288913757780117' title='0 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/5458669336937461759/posts/default/2222288913757780117'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/5458669336937461759/posts/default/2222288913757780117'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://freesapbwlive.blogspot.com/2009/02/sap-editing-datasource-in-source-system.html' title='SAP Editing the DataSource in the Source System in BW BI'/><author><name>SAP Technology</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/09945205616210282436</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='21' height='32' src='http://2.bp.blogspot.com/_5xcySHIKtvI/SweRcaYLxFI/AAAAAAAAAAM/qmZajOKIHOM/S220/MaheshBabu.jpg'/></author><thr:total>0</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-5458669336937461759.post-2034656142123317625</id><published>2009-02-05T10:59:00.000+05:30</published><updated>2009-02-05T11:00:35.891+05:30</updated><category scheme='http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#' term='DataSource'/><title type='text'>SAP Replication of DataSources in BW BI</title><content type='html'>&lt;h3&gt;&lt;span style="" lang="EN-US"&gt;Use&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/h3&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style="" lang="EN-US"&gt;In the SAP source system, the DataSource is the BI-relevant metaobject that makes source data available in a flat structure for data transfer into BI. In the source system, a DataSource can have the SAP delivery version (D version: Object type R3TR OSOD) or the active version (A version: Object type R3TR OSOA).&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style="" lang="EN-US"&gt;The metadata from the SAP source systems is not dependent on the BI metadata. There is no implicit assignment of objects with the same names. In the source system, information is only retained if it is required for data extraction. Replication allows you to make the relevant metadata known in BI so that data can be read more quickly. The assignment of source system objects to BI objects takes place exclusively and centrally in BI. &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style="" lang="EN-US"&gt;There are two types of DataSources in BI. A DataSource can exist either as a DataSource (R3TR RSDS) or a 3.x DataSource (R3TR ISFS). Since a DataSource cannot exist simultaneously in both object types in one source system and because these objects are not differentiated in the system, you have to choose which object you want the metadata to be replicated in when you replicate the DataSource.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;h3&gt;&lt;span style="" lang="EN-US"&gt;Integration&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/h3&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style="" lang="EN-US"&gt;Replicated 3.x DataSources can be emulated in the BI in order to prepare migration of the 3.x DataSources into a DataSource. As long as certain prerequisites are fulfilled, a 3.x DataSource can be restored from a migrated DataSource. &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style="" lang="EN-US"&gt;For more Information:&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style="" lang="EN-US"&gt;Emulation, Migration, and Restoring DataSources&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;h3&gt;&lt;span style="" lang="EN-US"&gt;Prerequisites&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/h3&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style="" lang="EN-US"&gt;You have connected the source system to BI correctly.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;h3&gt;&lt;span style="" lang="EN-US"&gt;Features&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/h3&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style="" lang="EN-US"&gt;Depending on your requirements, you can replicate into the BI system either the entire metadata of an SAP source system (application component hierarchy and DataSources), the DataSource of an application component in a source system, or individual DataSources of a source system.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style="" lang="EN-US"&gt;When you create an SAP source system, an automatic replication of the metadata takes place.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style="" lang="EN-US"&gt;Whenever there is a data request, an automatic replication of the DataSource takes place if the DataSource in the source system has changed.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;h5&gt;&lt;span style="" lang="EN-US"&gt;Replication Process Flow&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/h5&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style="" lang="EN-US"&gt;In the &lt;b&gt;first step&lt;/b&gt;, the &lt;b&gt;D versions&lt;/b&gt; are replicated. &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style="" lang="EN-US"&gt;Here, only the DataSource header tables of BI Content DataSources are saved in BI as the D version. Replicating the header tables is a prerequisite for collecting and activating BI Content.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoListBullet"&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: &amp;quot;Arial Unicode MS&amp;quot;;" lang="EN-US"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;●&lt;span style="font-family: &amp;quot;Times New Roman&amp;quot;; font-style: normal; font-variant: normal; font-weight: normal; font-size: 7pt; line-height: normal; font-size-adjust: none; font-stretch: normal;"&gt;      &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style="" lang="EN-US"&gt;If SHDS is available for the D-TLOGO object in the BI shadow content, the relevant metadata is replicated in the DataSource (R3TR RSDS).&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="NoteIcon2"&gt;&lt;span style="" lang="EN-US"&gt;&lt;img tabindex="0" alt="Note" id="_x0000_i1026" src="http://help.sap.com/saphelp_nw2004s/helpdata/en/images/hinweis.gif" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="NoteParagraph2"&gt;&lt;span style="" lang="EN-US"&gt;The replication will only be performed if no A or M version of the other object type R3TR ISFS exists for the DataSource.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoListBullet"&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: &amp;quot;Arial Unicode MS&amp;quot;;" lang="EN-US"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;●&lt;span style="font-family: &amp;quot;Times New Roman&amp;quot;; font-style: normal; font-variant: normal; font-weight: normal; font-size: 7pt; line-height: normal; font-size-adjust: none; font-stretch: normal;"&gt;      &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style="" lang="EN-US"&gt;If SHMP (mapping for 3.x DataSource) is available for the D-TLOGO object in the BI shadow content, the relevant metadata is replicated in the 3.x DataSource (R3TR ISFS).&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="NoteIcon2"&gt;&lt;span style="" lang="EN-US"&gt;&lt;img tabindex="0" alt="Note" id="_x0000_i1027" src="http://help.sap.com/saphelp_nw2004s/helpdata/en/images/hinweis.gif" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="NoteParagraph2"&gt;&lt;span style="" lang="EN-US"&gt;The replication will only be performed if no A or M version of the other object type R3TR RSDS exists for the DataSource.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoListBullet"&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: &amp;quot;Arial Unicode MS&amp;quot;;" lang="EN-US"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;●&lt;span style="font-family: &amp;quot;Times New Roman&amp;quot;; font-style: normal; font-variant: normal; font-weight: normal; font-size: 7pt; line-height: normal; font-size-adjust: none; font-stretch: normal;"&gt;      &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style="" lang="EN-US"&gt;If no BI Content exists in the D version for a DataSource (R3TR OSOD) in BI, the D version cannot be replicated because this version is only used in BI for BI Content activation.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style="" lang="EN-US"&gt;In the &lt;b&gt;second step&lt;/b&gt;, the &lt;b&gt;A versions&lt;/b&gt; are replicated.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style="" lang="EN-US"&gt;DataSources (R3TR RSDS) are saved in the M version in BI with all relevant metadata. In this way, you avoid generating too many DDIC objects unnecessarily as long as the DataSource is not yet being used – that is, as long as a transformation does not yet exist for the DataSource.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style="" lang="EN-US"&gt;3.x DataSources (R3TR ISFS) are saved in BI in the A version with all the relevant metadata.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoListBullet"&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: &amp;quot;Arial Unicode MS&amp;quot;;" lang="EN-US"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;●&lt;span style="font-family: &amp;quot;Times New Roman&amp;quot;; font-style: normal; font-variant: normal; font-weight: normal; font-size: 7pt; line-height: normal; font-size-adjust: none; font-stretch: normal;"&gt;      &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style="" lang="EN-US"&gt;As a basic principle, the object type of the A version follows the object type of the D version. If the DataSource already exists in BI in the A or D version, the DataSource is replicated to the existing object.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoListBullet"&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: &amp;quot;Arial Unicode MS&amp;quot;;" lang="EN-US"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;●&lt;span style="font-family: &amp;quot;Times New Roman&amp;quot;; font-style: normal; font-variant: normal; font-weight: normal; font-size: 7pt; line-height: normal; font-size-adjust: none; font-stretch: normal;"&gt;      &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style="" lang="EN-US"&gt;If the DataSource does not yet exist in BI, the system performs replication according to the following logic:&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoListNumber4" style="text-indent: -0.3in;"&gt; &lt;span style="" lang="EN-US"&gt;...&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoListNumber2" style="text-indent: -59.05pt;"&gt;&lt;span style="" lang="EN-US"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: &amp;quot;Times New Roman&amp;quot;; font-style: normal; font-variant: normal; font-weight: normal; font-size: 7pt; line-height: normal; font-size-adjust: none; font-stretch: normal;"&gt;                            &lt;/span&gt;a.&lt;span style="font-family: &amp;quot;Times New Roman&amp;quot;; font-style: normal; font-variant: normal; font-weight: normal; font-size: 7pt; line-height: normal; font-size-adjust: none; font-stretch: normal;"&gt;      &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style="" lang="EN-US"&gt;If the DataSource is a hierarchy or export DataSource, this determines the object type for the replication:&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoListBullet3"&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: &amp;quot;Arial Unicode MS&amp;quot;;" lang="EN-US"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;■&lt;span style="font-family: &amp;quot;Times New Roman&amp;quot;; font-style: normal; font-variant: normal; font-weight: normal; font-size: 7pt; line-height: normal; font-size-adjust: none; font-stretch: normal;"&gt;       &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style="" lang="EN-US"&gt;Hierarchy DataSources are replicated to 3.x DataSources.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoListBullet3"&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: &amp;quot;Arial Unicode MS&amp;quot;;" lang="EN-US"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;■&lt;span style="font-family: &amp;quot;Times New Roman&amp;quot;; font-style: normal; font-variant: normal; font-weight: normal; font-size: 7pt; line-height: normal; font-size-adjust: none; font-stretch: normal;"&gt;       &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style="" lang="EN-US"&gt;Export DataSources (8*) are replicated to 3.x DataSources.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoListNumber2" style="text-indent: -59.05pt;"&gt;&lt;span style="" lang="EN-US"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: &amp;quot;Times New Roman&amp;quot;; font-style: normal; font-variant: normal; font-weight: normal; font-size: 7pt; line-height: normal; font-size-adjust: none; font-stretch: normal;"&gt;                            &lt;/span&gt;b.&lt;span style="font-family: &amp;quot;Times New Roman&amp;quot;; font-style: normal; font-variant: normal; font-weight: normal; font-size: 7pt; line-height: normal; font-size-adjust: none; font-stretch: normal;"&gt;      &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style="" lang="EN-US"&gt;If there is a D version in BI for a mapping object (R3TR ISMP), the system performs replication to 3.x DataSource (R3TR ISFS).&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoListNumber2" style="text-indent: -59.05pt;"&gt;&lt;span style="" lang="EN-US"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: &amp;quot;Times New Roman&amp;quot;; font-style: normal; font-variant: normal; font-weight: normal; font-size: 7pt; line-height: normal; font-size-adjust: none; font-stretch: normal;"&gt;                            &lt;/span&gt;c.&lt;span style="font-family: &amp;quot;Times New Roman&amp;quot;; font-style: normal; font-variant: normal; font-weight: normal; font-size: 7pt; line-height: normal; font-size-adjust: none; font-stretch: normal;"&gt;      &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style="" lang="EN-US"&gt;Otherwise, the system asks the user to which object type the DataSource is to be replicated.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="NoteIcon2"&gt;&lt;span style="" lang="EN-US"&gt;&lt;img tabindex="0" alt="Caution" id="_x0000_i1028" src="http://help.sap.com/saphelp_nw2004s/helpdata/en/images/achtung.gif" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="NoteParagraph2"&gt;&lt;span style="" lang="EN-US"&gt;Make sure that you replicate the DataSource correctly: For example, if you have modeled the data flow with 3.x objects from BI Content and are thus using update and transfer rules, make sure that you replicate the DataSource to a 3.x DataSource. If you have replicated the DataSource incorrectly, you can no longer use the BI Content data model.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;h5&gt;&lt;span style="" lang="EN-US"&gt;Deleting DataSources During Replication&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/h5&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style="" lang="EN-US"&gt;DataSources are only deleted during replication if you perform replication for an entire source system or for a particular DataSource. When you replicate DataSources for a particular application component, the system does not delete any DataSources because they may have been assigned to another application component in the meantime.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style="" lang="EN-US"&gt;If, during replication,&lt;span style=""&gt;  &lt;/span&gt;the system determines that the D version of a DataSource in the source system or the associated BI Content (shadow objects of DataSource R3TR SHDS or shadow objects of mapping R3TR SHMP) is not or no longer available in BI, the system automatically deletes the D version in BI. &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style="" lang="EN-US"&gt;If, during replication, the system determines that the A version of a DataSource in the source system is not or no longer available, the BI system asks whether you want to delete the DataSource in BI. If you confirm that you want to delete the DataSource, the system also deletes all dependent objects, the PSA, InfoPackage, transformation, data transfer process (where applicable), and, in the case of 3.x DataSource, the mapping and transfer structure – if these exist. &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="NoteIcon2"&gt;&lt;span style="" lang="EN-US"&gt;&lt;img tabindex="0" alt="Caution" id="_x0000_i1029" src="http://help.sap.com/saphelp_nw2004s/helpdata/en/images/achtung.gif" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="NoteParagraph2"&gt;&lt;span style="" lang="EN-US"&gt;Before confirming that you want to delete the DataSource and related objects, ensure that you are no longer using the objects that will be deleted. If it only temporarily not possible to replicate the DataSource, confirming the deletion prompt may cause relevant objects to be deleted.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;h5&gt;&lt;span style="" lang="EN-US"&gt;Automatic Replication During Data Request&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/h5&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style="" lang="EN-US"&gt;You can use a setting in the InfoPackage maintenance under &lt;/span&gt;&lt;span class="Object2"&gt;&lt;span style="" lang="EN-US"&gt;Extras&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style="" lang="EN-US"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;  &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: Symbol;" lang="EN-US"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;®&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style="" lang="EN-US"&gt; &lt;/span&gt;&lt;span class="Object2"&gt;&lt;span style="" lang="EN-US"&gt;Synchronize Metadata&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style="" lang="EN-US"&gt; to define that, whenever there is a data request, automatic synchronization of the metadata in BI with the metadata in the source system takes place.&lt;span style=""&gt;  &lt;/span&gt;If this indicator is set, the DataSource is automatically replicated from the BI upon each data request – that is, if the DataSource has changed in the source system. &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style="" lang="EN-US"&gt;This function ensures that requests are not refused in the source system because of the default time stamp comparison even though the DataSource has not really changed.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style="" lang="EN-US"&gt;With replication, a distinction must be made between DataSource types and the types of changes in the source system.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;u&gt;&lt;span style="" lang="EN-US"&gt;DataSource (R3TR RSDS)&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/u&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="TableText2"&gt;&lt;span style="" lang="EN-US"&gt;When a request is created in the InfoPackage, the DataSource is refreshed in BI if the DataSource in the source system has a more recent time stamp than the DataSource in BI. In addition, the DataSource is activated in BI (including transfer structure generation in the source system) if it is older than the DataSource in the source system. However, it is only activated if the object status is “active“ after replication.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="TableText2"&gt;&lt;span style="" lang="EN-US"&gt;This is &lt;b&gt;not&lt;/b&gt; the case if changes have been made in the source system to the field property (name, length, type) or if a field has been excluded from the transfer (because, for example, the &lt;i&gt;Hide Field&lt;/i&gt; indicator is set in the field list of the DataSource or the field property has been changed in the extraction structure). In these cases, the DataSource is deactivated in BI. &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style="" lang="EN-US"&gt;If the DataSource is not active after replication, the system produces an error message. The DataSource must be activated manually.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;u&gt;&lt;span style="" lang="EN-US"&gt;3.x DataSource (R3TR ISFS)&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/u&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="TableText2"&gt;&lt;span style="" lang="EN-US"&gt;When a request is created in the InfoPackage, the DataSource replicate is refreshed in BI if the DataSource in the source system has a more recent time stamp than the DataSource replicate in BI. In addition, the transfer structure is activated in BI if it is older than the DataSource in the source system. However, it is only activated if the object status is “active“ after replication.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="TableText2"&gt;&lt;span style="" lang="EN-US"&gt;This is &lt;b&gt;not&lt;/b&gt; the case if changes have been made in the source system to the field property (name, length, type) or if a field has been excluded from the transfer (because, for example, the &lt;i&gt;Hide Field&lt;/i&gt; indicator is set in the field list of the DataSource or the field property has been changed in the extraction structure). In these cases, the transfer structure is deactivated in BI. &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style="" lang="EN-US"&gt;If the transfer structure is not active after replication because, for example, a field property has been changed, no transfer structure exists, or the transfer structure has been deactivated because of changes to the data flow, the system produces an error message; the transfer structure has to be activated manually.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;h3&gt;&lt;span style="" lang="EN-US"&gt;Activities&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/h3&gt;  &lt;h5&gt;&lt;span style="" lang="EN-US"&gt;Replication of the Entire Metadata (Application Component Hierarchy and DataSources) of a Source System&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/h5&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoListBullet"&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: &amp;quot;Arial Unicode MS&amp;quot;;" lang="EN-US"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;●&lt;span style="font-family: &amp;quot;Times New Roman&amp;quot;; font-style: normal; font-variant: normal; font-weight: normal; font-size: 7pt; line-height: normal; font-size-adjust: none; font-stretch: normal;"&gt;      &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style="" lang="EN-US"&gt;Choose &lt;i&gt;Replicate DataSources&lt;/i&gt; in the Data Warehousing Workbench in the source system tree through the source system context menu.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoListContinue"&gt;&lt;span style="" lang="EN-US"&gt;or&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoListBullet"&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: &amp;quot;Arial Unicode MS&amp;quot;;" lang="EN-US"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;●&lt;span style="font-family: &amp;quot;Times New Roman&amp;quot;; font-style: normal; font-variant: normal; font-weight: normal; font-size: 7pt; line-height: normal; font-size-adjust: none; font-stretch: normal;"&gt;      &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style="" lang="EN-US"&gt;Choose &lt;i&gt;Replicate DataSources&lt;/i&gt; in the Data Warehousing Workbench in the DataSource tree through the root node context menu.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;h5&gt;&lt;span style="" lang="EN-US"&gt;Replication of the Application Component Hierarchy of a Source System&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/h5&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style="" lang="EN-US"&gt;Choose &lt;i&gt;Replicate Tree Metadata&lt;/i&gt; in the Data Warehousing Workbench in the DataSource tree through the root node context menu.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;h5&gt;&lt;span style="" lang="EN-US"&gt;Replication of the Metadata (DataSources and Possibly Application Components) of an Application Component&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/h5&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style="" lang="EN-US"&gt;Choose &lt;i&gt;Replicate Metadata&lt;/i&gt; in the Data Warehousing Workbench in the DataSource tree through an application component context menu.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;h5&gt;&lt;span style="" lang="EN-US"&gt;Replication of a DataSource of a Source System&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/h5&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoListBullet"&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: &amp;quot;Arial Unicode MS&amp;quot;;" lang="EN-US"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;●&lt;span style="font-family: &amp;quot;Times New Roman&amp;quot;; font-style: normal; font-variant: normal; font-weight: normal; font-size: 7pt; line-height: normal; font-size-adjust: none; font-stretch: normal;"&gt;      &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style="" lang="EN-US"&gt;Choose &lt;i&gt;Replicate Metadata&lt;/i&gt; in the Data Warehousing Workbench in the DataSource tree through a DataSource context menu.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoListContinue"&gt;&lt;span style="" lang="EN-US"&gt;or&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoListBullet"&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: &amp;quot;Arial Unicode MS&amp;quot;;" lang="EN-US"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;●&lt;span style="font-family: &amp;quot;Times New Roman&amp;quot;; font-style: normal; font-variant: normal; font-weight: normal; font-size: 7pt; line-height: normal; font-size-adjust: none; font-stretch: normal;"&gt;      &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style="" lang="EN-US"&gt;In the initial screen of the DataSource repository (transaction RSDS), select the source system and the DataSource and then choose &lt;/span&gt;&lt;span class="Object2"&gt;&lt;span style="" lang="EN-US"&gt;DataSource&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style="" lang="EN-US"&gt; &lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: Symbol;" lang="EN-US"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;®&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style="" lang="EN-US"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;  &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span class="Object2"&gt;&lt;span style="" lang="EN-US"&gt;Replicate DataSource&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style="" lang="EN-US"&gt;.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoListContinue"&gt;&lt;span style="" lang="EN-US"&gt;Using this function, you can also replicate an individual DataSource that so far did not exist in the BI system. This is not possible in the view for the DataSource tree since a DataSource that has not been replicated so far will not be displayed.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;h3&gt;&lt;span style="" lang="EN-US"&gt;Error Handling&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/h3&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style="" lang="EN-US"&gt;If a DataSource has been replicated into the incorrect object type R3TR RSDS, you can correct the object type by restoring the DataSource in the DataSource repository. &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style="" lang="EN-US"&gt;For more information, refer to Restoring 3.x DataSources. &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/5458669336937461759-2034656142123317625?l=freesapbwlive.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://freesapbwlive.blogspot.com/feeds/2034656142123317625/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://www.blogger.com/comment.g?blogID=5458669336937461759&amp;postID=2034656142123317625' title='0 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/5458669336937461759/posts/default/2034656142123317625'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/5458669336937461759/posts/default/2034656142123317625'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://freesapbwlive.blogspot.com/2009/02/sap-replication-of-datasources-in-bw-bi.html' title='SAP Replication of DataSources in BW BI'/><author><name>SAP Technology</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/09945205616210282436</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='21' height='32' src='http://2.bp.blogspot.com/_5xcySHIKtvI/SweRcaYLxFI/AAAAAAAAAAM/qmZajOKIHOM/S220/MaheshBabu.jpg'/></author><thr:total>0</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-5458669336937461759.post-1330883312369284386</id><published>2009-02-05T10:57:00.001+05:30</published><updated>2009-02-05T10:59:34.757+05:30</updated><category scheme='http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#' term='DataSource'/><title type='text'>SAP Editing DataSources from SAP Source Systems in BI in BW BI</title><content type='html'>&lt;h3&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Use&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/h3&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;A DataSource is defined in the SAP source system along with its properties and field list. In DataSource maintenance in BI, you determine which fields of the DataSource are to be transferred to BI. In addition, you can change the properties for extracting data from the DataSource and properties for the DataSource fields.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;h3&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Prerequisites&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/h3&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;You have replicated the DataSource in BI.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;h3&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Procedure&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/h3&gt;&lt;h3&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;You are in an object tree in the Data Warehousing Workbench....&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/h3&gt;&lt;h3&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: &amp;quot;Times New Roman&amp;quot;; font-style: normal; font-variant: normal; font-weight: normal; font-size: 7pt; line-height: normal; font-size-adjust: none; font-stretch: normal;"&gt;&lt;/span&gt;1.&lt;span style="font-family: &amp;quot;Times New Roman&amp;quot;; font-style: normal; font-variant: normal; font-weight: normal; font-size: 7pt; line-height: normal; font-size-adjust: none; font-stretch: normal;"&gt;      &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Select the required DataSource and choose &lt;i&gt;Change.&lt;/i&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/h3&gt;&lt;h3&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: &amp;quot;Times New Roman&amp;quot;; font-style: normal; font-variant: normal; font-weight: normal; font-size: 7pt; line-height: normal; font-size-adjust: none; font-stretch: normal;"&gt;&lt;/span&gt;2.&lt;span style="font-family: &amp;quot;Times New Roman&amp;quot;; font-style: normal; font-variant: normal; font-weight: normal; font-size: 7pt; line-height: normal; font-size-adjust: none; font-stretch: normal;"&gt;      &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Go to the &lt;i&gt;General&lt;/i&gt; tab page.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/h3&gt;&lt;h3&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Select &lt;i&gt;PSA in the CHAR format&lt;/i&gt; if you do not want to generate the PSA for the DataSource in a typed structure but with character-type fields of type CHAR exclusively.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/h3&gt;&lt;h3&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Use this option if conversion during loading causes problems, for example, because there is no appropriate conversion routine, or if the source cannot guarantee that data is loaded with the correct data type.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/h3&gt;&lt;h3&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;In this case, after you have activated the DataSource you can load data into the PSA and correct it there.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/h3&gt;&lt;h3&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: &amp;quot;Times New Roman&amp;quot;; font-style: normal; font-variant: normal; font-weight: normal; font-size: 7pt; line-height: normal; font-size-adjust: none; font-stretch: normal;"&gt;&lt;/span&gt;3.&lt;span style="font-family: &amp;quot;Times New Roman&amp;quot;; font-style: normal; font-variant: normal; font-weight: normal; font-size: 7pt; line-height: normal; font-size-adjust: none; font-stretch: normal;"&gt;      &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Go to the &lt;i&gt;Extraction&lt;/i&gt; tab page.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/h3&gt;&lt;h3&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: &amp;quot;Times New Roman&amp;quot;; font-style: normal; font-variant: normal; font-weight: normal; font-size: 7pt; line-height: normal; font-size-adjust: none; font-stretch: normal;"&gt;&lt;/span&gt;a.&lt;span style="font-family: &amp;quot;Times New Roman&amp;quot;; font-style: normal; font-variant: normal; font-weight: normal; font-size: 7pt; line-height: normal; font-size-adjust: none; font-stretch: normal;"&gt;      &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Under &lt;i&gt;Adapter&lt;/i&gt;, you determine how the data is to be accessed. The options depend on whether the DataSource supports direct access and real-time data acquisition.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/h3&gt;&lt;h3&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: &amp;quot;Times New Roman&amp;quot;; font-style: normal; font-variant: normal; font-weight: normal; font-size: 7pt; line-height: normal; font-size-adjust: none; font-stretch: normal;"&gt;&lt;/span&gt;b.&lt;span style="font-family: &amp;quot;Times New Roman&amp;quot;; font-style: normal; font-variant: normal; font-weight: normal; font-size: 7pt; line-height: normal; font-size-adjust: none; font-stretch: normal;"&gt;      &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;If you select &lt;i&gt;Number Format Direct Entry&lt;/i&gt;, you can specify the character for the thousand separator and the decimal point character that are to be used for the DataSource fields. If a &lt;i&gt;User Master Record&lt;/i&gt; has been specified, the system applies the settings of the user who is used when the conversion exit is executed. This is usually the BI background user (see also: &lt;img alt="Structure link" src="http://help.sap.com/saphelp_nw2004s/helpdata/en/images/book.gif" border="0" /&gt;User Management).&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/h3&gt;&lt;h3&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: &amp;quot;Times New Roman&amp;quot;; font-style: normal; font-variant: normal; font-weight: normal; font-size: 7pt; line-height: normal; font-size-adjust: none; font-stretch: normal;"&gt;&lt;/span&gt;4.&lt;span style="font-family: &amp;quot;Times New Roman&amp;quot;; font-style: normal; font-variant: normal; font-weight: normal; font-size: 7pt; line-height: normal; font-size-adjust: none; font-stretch: normal;"&gt;      &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Go to the &lt;/span&gt;&lt;span class="Object4"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Fields&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;i&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt; &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/i&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;tab page.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/h3&gt;&lt;h3&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: &amp;quot;Times New Roman&amp;quot;; font-style: normal; font-variant: normal; font-weight: normal; font-size: 7pt; line-height: normal; font-size-adjust: none; font-stretch: normal;"&gt;&lt;/span&gt;a.&lt;span style="font-family: &amp;quot;Times New Roman&amp;quot;; font-style: normal; font-variant: normal; font-weight: normal; font-size: 7pt; line-height: normal; font-size-adjust: none; font-stretch: normal;"&gt;      &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Under &lt;/span&gt;&lt;span class="Object4"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Transfer&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;, specify the decision-relevant DataSource fields that you want to be available for extraction and transferred to BI.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/h3&gt;&lt;h3&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: &amp;quot;Times New Roman&amp;quot;; font-style: normal; font-variant: normal; font-weight: normal; font-size: 7pt; line-height: normal; font-size-adjust: none; font-stretch: normal;"&gt;&lt;/span&gt;b.&lt;span style="font-family: &amp;quot;Times New Roman&amp;quot;; font-style: normal; font-variant: normal; font-weight: normal; font-size: 7pt; line-height: normal; font-size-adjust: none; font-stretch: normal;"&gt;      &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;If required, change the setting for the &lt;i&gt;Format&lt;/i&gt; of the field.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/h3&gt;&lt;h3&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: &amp;quot;Times New Roman&amp;quot;; font-style: normal; font-variant: normal; font-weight: normal; font-size: 7pt; line-height: normal; font-size-adjust: none; font-stretch: normal;"&gt;&lt;/span&gt;c.&lt;span style="font-family: &amp;quot;Times New Roman&amp;quot;; font-style: normal; font-variant: normal; font-weight: normal; font-size: 7pt; line-height: normal; font-size-adjust: none; font-stretch: normal;"&gt;      &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;If you choose an &lt;i&gt;External Format&lt;/i&gt;, ensure that the output length of the field (&lt;i&gt;external length&lt;/i&gt;) is correct. Change the entries, as required.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/h3&gt;&lt;h3&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: &amp;quot;Times New Roman&amp;quot;; font-style: normal; font-variant: normal; font-weight: normal; font-size: 7pt; line-height: normal; font-size-adjust: none; font-stretch: normal;"&gt;&lt;/span&gt;d.&lt;span style="font-family: &amp;quot;Times New Roman&amp;quot;; font-style: normal; font-variant: normal; font-weight: normal; font-size: 7pt; line-height: normal; font-size-adjust: none; font-stretch: normal;"&gt;      &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;If required, specify a conversion routine that converts data from an external format into an internal format.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/h3&gt;&lt;h3&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: &amp;quot;Times New Roman&amp;quot;; font-style: normal; font-variant: normal; font-weight: normal; font-size: 7pt; line-height: normal; font-size-adjust: none; font-stretch: normal;"&gt;&lt;/span&gt;e.&lt;span style="font-family: &amp;quot;Times New Roman&amp;quot;; font-style: normal; font-variant: normal; font-weight: normal; font-size: 7pt; line-height: normal; font-size-adjust: none; font-stretch: normal;"&gt;      &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Under &lt;i&gt;Currency/Unit&lt;/i&gt;, change the entries for the referenced currency and unit fields as required.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/h3&gt;&lt;h3&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: &amp;quot;Times New Roman&amp;quot;; font-style: normal; font-variant: normal; font-weight: normal; font-size: 7pt; line-height: normal; font-size-adjust: none; font-stretch: normal;"&gt;&lt;/span&gt;5.&lt;span style="font-family: &amp;quot;Times New Roman&amp;quot;; font-style: normal; font-variant: normal; font-weight: normal; font-size: 7pt; line-height: normal; font-size-adjust: none; font-stretch: normal;"&gt;      &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Check, save and activate your DataSource.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/h3&gt;                                    &lt;h3&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Result&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/h3&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;When you activate the DataSource, BI generates a PSA table and a transfer program. &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;You can now create an InfoPackage. You define the selections for the data request in the InfoPackage. The data can be loaded into the entry layer of the BI system, the PSA. Alternatively, you can access the data directly if the DataSource supports direct access and you have defined a VirtualProvider in the data flow.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/5458669336937461759-1330883312369284386?l=freesapbwlive.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://freesapbwlive.blogspot.com/feeds/1330883312369284386/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://www.blogger.com/comment.g?blogID=5458669336937461759&amp;postID=1330883312369284386' title='0 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/5458669336937461759/posts/default/1330883312369284386'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/5458669336937461759/posts/default/1330883312369284386'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://freesapbwlive.blogspot.com/2009/02/sap-editing-datasources-from-sap-source.html' title='SAP Editing DataSources from SAP Source Systems in BI in BW BI'/><author><name>SAP Technology</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/09945205616210282436</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='21' height='32' src='http://2.bp.blogspot.com/_5xcySHIKtvI/SweRcaYLxFI/AAAAAAAAAAM/qmZajOKIHOM/S220/MaheshBabu.jpg'/></author><thr:total>0</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-5458669336937461759.post-4887010052806895614</id><published>2009-02-05T10:56:00.000+05:30</published><updated>2009-02-05T10:57:30.579+05:30</updated><category scheme='http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#' term='DataSource'/><title type='text'>SAP Using Emulated 3.x DataSources in BW BI</title><content type='html'>&lt;h3&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Use&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/h3&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;You can display an emulated 3.x DataSource in DataSource maintenance in BI. Changes are not possible in this display. In addition, you can use emulation to create the (new) data flow for a 3.x DataSource with transformations, without having to migrate the existing data flow that is based on the 3.x DataSource.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="NoteIcon17"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt; &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="NoteParagraph17"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;We recommend that you use emulation before migrating the DataSource in order to model and test the functionality of the data flow with transformations, without changing or deleting the objects of the existing data flow. Note that use of the emulated Data Source in a data flow with transformations has an effect on the evaluation of the settings in the InfoPackage. We therefore recommend that you only use the emulation in a development or test system.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;h5&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Constraints&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/h5&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;An emulated 3.x DataSource does not support real-time data acquisition, using the data transfer&lt;span style=""&gt;  &lt;/span&gt;process to access data directly, or loading data directly (without using the PSA).&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;h3&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Prerequisites&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/h3&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;If you want to use transformations in the modeling of the data flow for the 3.x DataSource, the transfer rules and therefore the transfer structure must be activated for the 3.x DataSource. The PSA table to which the data is written is created when the transfer structure is activated.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;h3&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Procedure&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/h3&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;To display the emulated 3.x DataSource in DataSource maintenance, highlight the 3.x DataSource in the DataSource tree and choose &lt;i&gt;Display&lt;/i&gt; from the context menu.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;To create a data flow using transformations, highlight the 3.x DataSource in the DataSource tree and choose &lt;i&gt;Create Transformation&lt;/i&gt; from the context menu. You also use the transformation to set the target of the data transferred from the PSA.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;To permit a data transfer to the PSA and further updating of the data from the PSA to the InfoProvider, select the DataSource 3.x in the DataSource tree and choose &lt;/span&gt;&lt;span class="Object17"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Create InfoPackage &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;or &lt;/span&gt;&lt;span class="Object17"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Create Data Transfer Process&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt; in the context menu. We recommend that you use the processes for data transfer to prepare for the migration of a data flow and not in the production system.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;h3&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Result&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/h3&gt;  &lt;span style=""&gt;If you defined and tested the data flow with transformations using the emulation, you can migrate the DataSource 3.x after a successful test.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/5458669336937461759-4887010052806895614?l=freesapbwlive.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://freesapbwlive.blogspot.com/feeds/4887010052806895614/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://www.blogger.com/comment.g?blogID=5458669336937461759&amp;postID=4887010052806895614' title='0 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/5458669336937461759/posts/default/4887010052806895614'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/5458669336937461759/posts/default/4887010052806895614'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://freesapbwlive.blogspot.com/2009/02/sap-using-emulated-3x-datasources-in-bw.html' title='SAP Using Emulated 3.x DataSources in BW BI'/><author><name>SAP Technology</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/09945205616210282436</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='21' height='32' src='http://2.bp.blogspot.com/_5xcySHIKtvI/SweRcaYLxFI/AAAAAAAAAAM/qmZajOKIHOM/S220/MaheshBabu.jpg'/></author><thr:total>0</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-5458669336937461759.post-8380019456003213583</id><published>2009-02-05T10:53:00.003+05:30</published><updated>2009-02-05T10:56:40.485+05:30</updated><category scheme='http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#' term='DataSource'/><title type='text'>SAP Data Reconciliation in BW BI</title><content type='html'>&lt;h3&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Purpose&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/h3&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;An important aspect in ensuring the quality of data in BI is the consistency of the data. As a data warehouse, BI integrates and transforms data and stores it so that it is made available for analysis and interpretation. The consistency of the data between the various process steps has to be ensured. Data reconciliation for DataSources allows you to ensure the consistency of data that has been loaded into BI and is available and used productively there. You use the scenarios that are described below to validate the loaded data. Data reconciliation is based on a comparison of the data loaded into BI and the application data in the source system. You can access the data in the source system directly to perform this comparison.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;The term &lt;i&gt;productive DataSource&lt;/i&gt; is used for DataSources that are used for data transfer in the productive operation of BI. The term &lt;i&gt;data&lt;/i&gt; &lt;i&gt;reconciliation DataSource&lt;/i&gt; is used for DataSources that are used as a reference for accessing the application data in the source directly and therefore allow you to draw comparisons to the source data.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;You can use the process for transaction data. Limitations apply when you use the process for master data because, in this case, you cannot total key figures, for example.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;h3&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Model&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/h3&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;The following figure shows the data model for reconciling application data and loaded data in the data flow with transformation. The data model can also be based on 3.x objects (data flow with transfer rules).&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span lang="DE"&gt;&lt;img tabindex="0" alt="This graphic is explained in the accompanying text" src="http://help.sap.com/saphelp_nw2004s/helpdata/en/43/714ae8b5263457e10000000a422035/h-00100040000_image002.gif" /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;The productive DataSource uses data transfer to deliver the data that is to be validated to BI. The transformation connects the DataSource fields with the InfoObject of a DataStore object that has been created for data reconciliation, by means of a direct assignment. The data reconciliation DataSource allows a VirtualProvider direct access to the application data. In a MultiProvider, the data from the DataStore object is combined with the data that has been read directly. In a query that is defined on the basis of a MultiProvider, the loaded data can be compared with the application data in the source system. &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;In order to automate data reconciliation, we recommend that you define exceptions in the query that proactively signal that differences exist between the productive data in BI and the reconciliation data in the source. You can use information broadcasting to distribute the results of data reconciliation by e-mail, for example. &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;h5&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Modeling Aspects&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/h5&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Data reconciliation for DataSources allows you to check the integrity of the loaded data by, for example, comparing the totals of a key figure in the DataStore object with the corresponding totals that the VirtualProvider accesses directly in the source system.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;In addition, you can use the extractor or extractor error interpretation to identify potential errors in the data processing. This function is available if the data reconciliation DataSource uses a different extraction module to the productive DataSource.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;We recommend that you keep the volume of data transferred as small as possible because the data reconciliation DataSource accesses the data in the source system directly. This is best performed using a data reconciliation DataSource delivered by BI Content or a generic DataSource using function modules because this allows you to implement an aggregation logic. For mass data, you generally need to aggregate the data or make appropriate selections during extraction.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;The data reconciliation DataSource has to provide selection fields that allow the same set of data to be extracted as the productive DataSource.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;h3&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Selecting the DataSource for Data Reconciliation&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/h3&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Different DataSources can take on the function of a data reconciliation DataSource. The DataSources that can be used in your data reconciliation scenario are explained below.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;h5&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;BI Content DataSources for Data Reconciliation and Recommendations from BI Content for Data Reconciliation &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/h5&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Use the following process to validate your data: &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoListBullet"&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: &amp;quot;Arial Unicode MS&amp;quot;;"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;●&lt;span style="font-family: &amp;quot;Times New Roman&amp;quot;; font-style: normal; font-variant: normal; font-weight: normal; font-size: 7pt; line-height: normal; font-size-adjust: none; font-stretch: normal;"&gt;      &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;If a data reconciliation DataSource is specified for a productive DataSource in the BI Content documentation. &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoListContinue"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;You can see that a DataSource of this type is delivered with BI Content if the documentation in the &lt;i&gt;Technical Data&lt;/i&gt; table contains an appropriate entry in row &lt;/span&gt;&lt;span class="Object4"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Checkable&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoListBullet"&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: &amp;quot;Arial Unicode MS&amp;quot;;"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;●&lt;span style="font-family: &amp;quot;Times New Roman&amp;quot;; font-style: normal; font-variant: normal; font-weight: normal; font-size: 7pt; line-height: normal; font-size-adjust: none; font-stretch: normal;"&gt;      &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;If the DataSource documentation contains instructions on building a data reconciliation scenario.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Special DataSources for data reconciliation can be delivered in systems that have PI Basis Release 2005.1 or higher or 4.6C source systems PI 2004.1 SP10.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;If the BI Content documentation does not include a reference to a delivered data reconciliation scenario, the decision as to which data reconciliation DataSource you use depends on the properties of the data that is to be compared.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;h5&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Generic DataSource for Database View or InfoSet&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/h5&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Use this process: &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoListBullet"&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: &amp;quot;Arial Unicode MS&amp;quot;;"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;●&lt;span style="font-family: &amp;quot;Times New Roman&amp;quot;; font-style: normal; font-variant: normal; font-weight: normal; font-size: 7pt; line-height: normal; font-size-adjust: none; font-stretch: normal;"&gt;      &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;If BI Content does not deliver a data reconciliation DataSource and the documentation for the productive BI Content DataSource does not include instructions on building a data reconciliation scenario.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoListBullet"&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: &amp;quot;Arial Unicode MS&amp;quot;;"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;●&lt;span style="font-family: &amp;quot;Times New Roman&amp;quot;; font-style: normal; font-variant: normal; font-weight: normal; font-size: 7pt; line-height: normal; font-size-adjust: none; font-stretch: normal;"&gt;      &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;If the data that the productive DataSource supplies is made available in a database table or can be extracted using an InfoSet.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoListBullet"&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: &amp;quot;Arial Unicode MS&amp;quot;;"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;●&lt;span style="font-family: &amp;quot;Times New Roman&amp;quot;; font-style: normal; font-variant: normal; font-weight: normal; font-size: 7pt; line-height: normal; font-size-adjust: none; font-stretch: normal;"&gt;      &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;If you can use selections to significantly limit the volume of data that is to be extracted and transferred.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;This process is particularly appropriate for calculated key figures.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;If you have created a suitable database view or InfoSet, create a corresponding generic DataSource in the source system in transaction SBIW &lt;/span&gt;&lt;span class="Object4"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Generic DataSources&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt; &lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: Symbol;"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;®&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;  &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span class="Object4"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Maintain Generic DataSource&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;h5&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Generic DataSource for Function Module&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/h5&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Use this process: &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoListBullet"&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: &amp;quot;Arial Unicode MS&amp;quot;;"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;●&lt;span style="font-family: &amp;quot;Times New Roman&amp;quot;; font-style: normal; font-variant: normal; font-weight: normal; font-size: 7pt; line-height: normal; font-size-adjust: none; font-stretch: normal;"&gt;      &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;If BI Content does not deliver a data reconciliation DataSource and the documentation for the productive BI Content DataSource does not include instructions on building a data reconciliation scenario.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoListBullet"&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: &amp;quot;Arial Unicode MS&amp;quot;;"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;●&lt;span style="font-family: &amp;quot;Times New Roman&amp;quot;; font-style: normal; font-variant: normal; font-weight: normal; font-size: 7pt; line-height: normal; font-size-adjust: none; font-stretch: normal;"&gt;      &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;If the data is not available in a database table or cannot be extracted using an InfoSet.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoListBullet"&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: &amp;quot;Arial Unicode MS&amp;quot;;"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;●&lt;span style="font-family: &amp;quot;Times New Roman&amp;quot;; font-style: normal; font-variant: normal; font-weight: normal; font-size: 7pt; line-height: normal; font-size-adjust: none; font-stretch: normal;"&gt;      &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;If you can supply equivalent data for data reconciliation, despite the complex extraction logic of the productive DataSource.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;You can reproduce a complex extraction logic using a generic DataSource that extracts data using a customer-defined function module. This allows you to stage data that is equivalent to the productive DataSource, without using the same extraction module as the productive DataSource. In addition, you can use aggregation to reduce the volume of data that is to be transferred.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Note that the extraction logic of the data reconciliation DataSource is prone to errors if the extraction logic of the productive DataSource is complex. Errors in the extraction logic of the data reconciliation DataSource lead to errors in the data reconciliation. We recommend that only experienced developers use this scenario. &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;h5&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Productive DataSource with Direct Access&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/h5&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Use this process:&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoListBullet"&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: &amp;quot;Arial Unicode MS&amp;quot;;"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;●&lt;span style="font-family: &amp;quot;Times New Roman&amp;quot;; font-style: normal; font-variant: normal; font-weight: normal; font-size: 7pt; line-height: normal; font-size-adjust: none; font-stretch: normal;"&gt;      &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;If none of the processes described above are possible.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoListBullet"&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: &amp;quot;Arial Unicode MS&amp;quot;;"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;●&lt;span style="font-family: &amp;quot;Times New Roman&amp;quot;; font-style: normal; font-variant: normal; font-weight: normal; font-size: 7pt; line-height: normal; font-size-adjust: none; font-stretch: normal;"&gt;      &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;If the productive DataSource allows direct access.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Since the runtime largely depends on the volume of data that has to be read by the database and transferred, the prerequisite for using this process is that you have set meaningful selections in order to keep the volume of data that is to be transferred small.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;During data reconciliation, the data loaded into BI by means of delta transfer is compared with the data in the source system that the extractor accesses directly. Because the same extractor is used for loading and direct access, this process does not allow you to identify potential systematic errors in the logic of the extractor. Errors in processing the delta requests can be identified.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;h3&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Prerequisites for Performing Data Reconciliation&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/h3&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;You have to be able to use suitable selections (time intervals, for example) or pre-aggregation to restrict the scope of the data that you are going to compare so that it can be accessed directly by the VirtualProvider.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;In addition, you have to ensure that the selection conditions for the productive DataSource and the data reconciliation DataSource filter the same data range.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;h3&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Process Flow&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;...&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/h3&gt;&lt;h3&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: &amp;quot;Times New Roman&amp;quot;; font-style: normal; font-variant: normal; font-weight: normal; font-size: 7pt; line-height: normal; font-size-adjust: none; font-stretch: normal;"&gt;&lt;/span&gt;1.&lt;span style="font-family: &amp;quot;Times New Roman&amp;quot;; font-style: normal; font-variant: normal; font-weight: normal; font-size: 7pt; line-height: normal; font-size-adjust: none; font-stretch: normal;"&gt;      &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Create the object model for data reconciliation according to the requirements of your scenario.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/h3&gt;&lt;h3&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: &amp;quot;Times New Roman&amp;quot;; font-style: normal; font-variant: normal; font-weight: normal; font-size: 7pt; line-height: normal; font-size-adjust: none; font-stretch: normal;"&gt;&lt;/span&gt;2.&lt;span style="font-family: &amp;quot;Times New Roman&amp;quot;; font-style: normal; font-variant: normal; font-weight: normal; font-size: 7pt; line-height: normal; font-size-adjust: none; font-stretch: normal;"&gt;      &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Load data from the productive DataSource into the DataStore object using suitable selection conditions.&lt;span style=""&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: &amp;quot;Times New Roman&amp;quot;; font-style: normal; font-variant: normal; font-weight: normal; font-size: 7pt; line-height: normal; font-size-adjust: none; font-stretch: normal;"&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/h3&gt;&lt;h3&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;3.&lt;span style="font-family: &amp;quot;Times New Roman&amp;quot;; font-style: normal; font-variant: normal; font-weight: normal; font-size: 7pt; line-height: normal; font-size-adjust: none; font-stretch: normal;"&gt;      &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Make sure that there is no unloaded data in the delta queue or in the application for the productive DataSource when the check is performed. The application for validating the data is either stopped or the data that is to be reconciled is limited by means of selections (for example, by creating and using time stamps for the data records).&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/h3&gt;&lt;h3&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: &amp;quot;Times New Roman&amp;quot;; font-style: normal; font-variant: normal; font-weight: normal; font-size: 7pt; line-height: normal; font-size-adjust: none; font-stretch: normal;"&gt;&lt;/span&gt;4.&lt;span style="font-family: &amp;quot;Times New Roman&amp;quot;; font-style: normal; font-variant: normal; font-weight: normal; font-size: 7pt; line-height: normal; font-size-adjust: none; font-stretch: normal;"&gt;      &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Check the data in the query.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/h3&gt;&lt;h3&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: &amp;quot;Times New Roman&amp;quot;; font-style: normal; font-variant: normal; font-weight: normal; font-size: 7pt; line-height: normal; font-size-adjust: none; font-stretch: normal;"&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;5.&lt;span style="font-family: &amp;quot;Times New Roman&amp;quot;; font-style: normal; font-variant: normal; font-weight: normal; font-size: 7pt; line-height: normal; font-size-adjust: none; font-stretch: normal;"&gt;      &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;If you find inconsistencies, proceed as follows:&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/h3&gt;&lt;h3&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: &amp;quot;Times New Roman&amp;quot;; font-style: normal; font-variant: normal; font-weight: normal; font-size: 7pt; line-height: normal; font-size-adjust: none; font-stretch: normal;"&gt;&lt;/span&gt;6.&lt;span style="font-family: &amp;quot;Times New Roman&amp;quot;; font-style: normal; font-variant: normal; font-weight: normal; font-size: 7pt; line-height: normal; font-size-adjust: none; font-stretch: normal;"&gt;      &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;Check whether all the data was loaded from the source system. Load the data that has not yet been loaded into BI, if applicable, and perform reconciliation again.&lt;/h3&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;&lt;/span&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;If the loaded data is not complete, start a repair request.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;If the loaded data is complete but not correct, reinitialize the delta or contact SAP.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;h3&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Example&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/h3&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Information about application-specific scenarios for performing a data reconciliation is available in the How-To-Guide &lt;/span&gt;&lt;span class="Object4"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;How to… Reconcile Data Between SAP Source Systems and SAP NetWeaver BI &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;in SDN at &lt;/span&gt;&lt;span class="UserInputChar"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;http://www.sdn.sap.com/irj/servlet/prt/portal/prtroot/docs/library/uuid/7a5ee147-0501-0010-0a9d-f7abcba36b14&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;i&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/i&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/5458669336937461759-8380019456003213583?l=freesapbwlive.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://freesapbwlive.blogspot.com/feeds/8380019456003213583/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://www.blogger.com/comment.g?blogID=5458669336937461759&amp;postID=8380019456003213583' title='0 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/5458669336937461759/posts/default/8380019456003213583'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/5458669336937461759/posts/default/8380019456003213583'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://freesapbwlive.blogspot.com/2009/02/sap-data-reconciliation-in-bw-bi.html' title='SAP Data Reconciliation in BW BI'/><author><name>SAP Technology</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/09945205616210282436</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='21' height='32' src='http://2.bp.blogspot.com/_5xcySHIKtvI/SweRcaYLxFI/AAAAAAAAAAM/qmZajOKIHOM/S220/MaheshBabu.jpg'/></author><thr:total>0</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-5458669336937461759.post-6728629130703197974</id><published>2009-02-05T10:52:00.001+05:30</published><updated>2009-02-05T10:53:48.983+05:30</updated><category scheme='http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#' term='DataSource'/><title type='text'>SAP Delta Process in BW BI</title><content type='html'>&lt;h3&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Definition&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/h3&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;The delta process is a feature of the extractor and specifies how data is to be transferred. As a DataSource attribute, it specifies how the DataSource data is passed on to the data target. From this you can derive, for example, for which data a DataSource is suited, and how the update and serialization are to be carried out.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;h3&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Use&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/h3&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;The type of delta process affects the update into a data target. When you update data in an ODS object, you need to serialize it so that you can also overwrite it. According to the delta process, the system decides whether it is necessary to serialize by request or by data packet.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;h3&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Structure&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/h3&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;There are various delta processes for SAP source systems:&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoListNumber4" style="text-indent: -0.3in;"&gt; &lt;span style=""&gt;...&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoListNumber" style="text-indent: -28.1pt;"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;&lt;span style=";font-family:&amp;quot;;font-size:7;"  &gt;       &lt;/span&gt;1.&lt;span style=";font-family:&amp;quot;;font-size:7;"  &gt;      &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Forming deltas with after, before and reverse images that are updated directly in the delta queue; an after image shows the status after the change, a before image the status before the change with a negative sign and the reverse image also shows the negative sign next to the record while indicating it for deletion. This serializes the delta packets. The delta process controls whether adding or overwriting is permitted. In this case, adding and overwriting are permitted. This process supports an update in an ODS object as well as in an InfoCube. (technical name of the delta process in the system): ABR)&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoListNumber" style="text-indent: -28.1pt;"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;&lt;span style=";font-family:&amp;quot;;font-size:7;"  &gt;       &lt;/span&gt;2.&lt;span style=";font-family:&amp;quot;;font-size:7;"  &gt;      &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;The extractor delivers additive deltas that are serialized by request. This serialization is necessary since the extractor within a request delivers each key once, and otherwise changes in the non-key fields are not copied over correctly. It only supports the addition of fields. It supports an update in an ODS object as well as in an InfoCube. This delta process is used by LIS DataSources. (technical name of the delta process in the system): ADD)&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoListNumber" style="text-indent: -28.1pt;"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;&lt;span style=";font-family:&amp;quot;;font-size:7;"  &gt;       &lt;/span&gt;3.&lt;span style=";font-family:&amp;quot;;font-size:7;"  &gt;      &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Forming deltas with after image, which are updated directly in the delta queue. This serializes data by packet since the same key can be copied more than once within a request. It does not support the direct update of data in an InfoCube. An ODS object must always be in operation when you update data in an InfoCube. For numeric key figures, for example, this process only supports overwriting and not adding, otherwise incorrect results would come about. It is used in FI-AP/AR for transferring line items, while the variation of the process, where the extractor can also send records with the deletion flag, is used in this capacity in BBP. (technical name of the delta process in the system): AIM/AIMD)&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;h3&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Integration&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/h3&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;The field 0RECORDMODE determines whether the records are added to or overwritten. It determines how a record is updated in the delta process: A blank character signifies an after image, ‘X’ a before image, ‘D’ deletes the record and ‘R’ means a reverse image.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;When you are loading flat files you have to select a suitable delta process from the transfer structure maintenance, this ensures that you use the correct type of update. You can find additional information under InfoSources with Flexible Updating of Flat Files.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/5458669336937461759-6728629130703197974?l=freesapbwlive.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://freesapbwlive.blogspot.com/feeds/6728629130703197974/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://www.blogger.com/comment.g?blogID=5458669336937461759&amp;postID=6728629130703197974' title='0 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/5458669336937461759/posts/default/6728629130703197974'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/5458669336937461759/posts/default/6728629130703197974'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://freesapbwlive.blogspot.com/2009/02/sap-delta-process-in-bw-bi.html' title='SAP Delta Process in BW BI'/><author><name>SAP Technology</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/09945205616210282436</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='21' height='32' src='http://2.bp.blogspot.com/_5xcySHIKtvI/SweRcaYLxFI/AAAAAAAAAAM/qmZajOKIHOM/S220/MaheshBabu.jpg'/></author><thr:total>0</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-5458669336937461759.post-938660222377825154</id><published>2009-01-16T11:13:00.001+05:30</published><updated>2009-01-16T11:13:53.817+05:30</updated><category scheme='http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#' term='SAP Data Warehouse'/><title type='text'>SAP Using a Data Warehouse BI</title><content type='html'>&lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;The reporting, analysis, and interpretation of business data is of central importance to a company in guaranteeing its competitive edge, optimizing processes, and enabling it to react quickly and in line with the market.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Company data is usually spread across several applications that are used for entering data. Analyzing this data is not only difficult because it is spread across several systems but because the data is saved in a form that is optimized for processing, not analysis. Data analysis represents additional system load which affects operative data processing. Furthermore, the data has come from heterogeneous applications and is therefore only available in heterogeneous formats which must first be standardized.&lt;span style=""&gt;  &lt;/span&gt;The applications also only save historic data to a limited extent. This historic data can be important in analysis.&lt;span style=""&gt;  &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Therefore separate systems are required for storing data and supporting data analysis requirements. This type of system is called a data warehouse.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;A data warehouse serves to integrate data from heterogeneous sources, transform, consolidate, clean up and store this data, and stage it efficiently for analysis and interpretation purposes.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/5458669336937461759-938660222377825154?l=freesapbwlive.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://freesapbwlive.blogspot.com/feeds/938660222377825154/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://www.blogger.com/comment.g?blogID=5458669336937461759&amp;postID=938660222377825154' title='0 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/5458669336937461759/posts/default/938660222377825154'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/5458669336937461759/posts/default/938660222377825154'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://freesapbwlive.blogspot.com/2009/01/sap-using-data-warehouse-bi.html' title='SAP Using a Data Warehouse BI'/><author><name>SAP Technology</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/09945205616210282436</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='21' height='32' src='http://2.bp.blogspot.com/_5xcySHIKtvI/SweRcaYLxFI/AAAAAAAAAAM/qmZajOKIHOM/S220/MaheshBabu.jpg'/></author><thr:total>0</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-5458669336937461759.post-8766127864950502233</id><published>2009-01-16T11:12:00.002+05:30</published><updated>2009-01-16T11:13:25.067+05:30</updated><category scheme='http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#' term='SAP Data Warehouse'/><title type='text'>SAP Architecture of a Data Warehouse BI</title><content type='html'>&lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;There are many different definitions of a data warehouse. However, they all favor a layer-based architecture. &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Data warehousing has developed into an advanced and complex technology. For some time it was assumed that it was sufficient to store data in a star schema optimized for reporting. However this does not adequately meet the needs for consistency and flexibility in the long run. Therefore data warehouses are now structured using a layer architecture. The different layers contain data in differing levels of granularity. We differentiate between the following layers: &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoListBullet"&gt;&lt;span style="font-size: 9pt; font-family: &amp;quot;Arial Unicode MS&amp;quot;;"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;●&lt;span style="font-family: &amp;quot;Times New Roman&amp;quot;; font-style: normal; font-variant: normal; font-weight: normal; font-size: 7pt; line-height: normal; font-size-adjust: none; font-stretch: normal;"&gt;     &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span dir="ltr"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Persistent staging area&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoListBullet"&gt;&lt;span style="font-size: 9pt; font-family: &amp;quot;Arial Unicode MS&amp;quot;;"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;●&lt;span style="font-family: &amp;quot;Times New Roman&amp;quot;; font-style: normal; font-variant: normal; font-weight: normal; font-size: 7pt; line-height: normal; font-size-adjust: none; font-stretch: normal;"&gt;     &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span dir="ltr"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Data warehouse&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoListBullet"&gt;&lt;span style="font-size: 9pt; font-family: &amp;quot;Arial Unicode MS&amp;quot;;"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;●&lt;span style="font-family: &amp;quot;Times New Roman&amp;quot;; font-style: normal; font-variant: normal; font-weight: normal; font-size: 7pt; line-height: normal; font-size-adjust: none; font-stretch: normal;"&gt;     &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span dir="ltr"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Architected data marts&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoListBullet"&gt;&lt;span style="font-size: 9pt; font-family: &amp;quot;Arial Unicode MS&amp;quot;;"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;●&lt;span style="font-family: &amp;quot;Times New Roman&amp;quot;; font-style: normal; font-variant: normal; font-weight: normal; font-size: 7pt; line-height: normal; font-size-adjust: none; font-stretch: normal;"&gt;     &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span dir="ltr"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Operational data store&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style="" lang="DE"&gt;&lt;img tabindex="0" alt="This graphic is explained in the accompanying text" src="http://help.sap.com/saphelp_nw2004s/helpdata/en/43/4a86b4224847b6e10000000a11466f/h-00100010000_image002.gif" /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;h5&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Persistent Staging Area&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/h5&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;After it is extracted from source systems, data is transferred to the entry layer of the data warehouse, the persistent staging area (PSA). In this layer, data is stored in the same form as in the source system. The way in which data is transferred from here to the next layer incorporates quality-assuring measures and the transformations and clean up required for a uniform, integrated view of the data.&lt;span style=""&gt;  &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;h5&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Data warehouse&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/h5&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;The result of the first transformations and clean up is saved in the next layer, the data warehouse. This data warehouse layer offers integrated, granular, historic, stable data that has not yet been modified for a concrete usage and can therefore be seen as neutral. It acts as the basis for building consistent reporting structures and allows you to react to new requirements with flexibility.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;h5&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Architected Data Marts&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/h5&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;The data warehouse layer provides the most multidimensional analysis structures. These are also called architected data marts. This layer satisfies data analysis requirements. Data marts are not necessarily to be equated with the terms summarized or aggregated; here too you find highly granular structures but they are focused on data analysis requirements alone, unlike the granular data in the data warehouse layer which is application neutral so as to ensure reusability.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;The term “architected“ refers to data marts that are not isolated applications but are based on a universally consistent data model. This means that master data can be reused in the form of &lt;span class="Object1"&gt;Shared&lt;/span&gt; or &lt;span class="Object1"&gt;Conformed Dimensions&lt;/span&gt;.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;h5&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Operational Data Store&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/h5&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;As well as strategic data analysis, a data warehouse also supports operative data analysis by means of the operational data store. Data can be updated to an operational data store on a continual basis or at short intervals and be read for operative analysis. You can also forward the data from the operational data store layer to the data warehouse layer at set times. This means that the data is stored in different levels of granularity: while the operational data store layer contains all the changes to the data, only the days-end status, for example, is stored in the data warehouse layer.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;The layer architecture of the data warehouse is largely conceptual. In reality the boundaries between these layers are often fluid; individual data memory can play a role in two different layers. The technical implementation is always specific to the organization.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/5458669336937461759-8766127864950502233?l=freesapbwlive.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://freesapbwlive.blogspot.com/feeds/8766127864950502233/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://www.blogger.com/comment.g?blogID=5458669336937461759&amp;postID=8766127864950502233' title='1 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/5458669336937461759/posts/default/8766127864950502233'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/5458669336937461759/posts/default/8766127864950502233'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://freesapbwlive.blogspot.com/2009/01/sap-architecture-of-data-warehouse-bi.html' title='SAP Architecture of a Data Warehouse BI'/><author><name>SAP Technology</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/09945205616210282436</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='21' height='32' src='http://2.bp.blogspot.com/_5xcySHIKtvI/SweRcaYLxFI/AAAAAAAAAAM/qmZajOKIHOM/S220/MaheshBabu.jpg'/></author><thr:total>1</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-5458669336937461759.post-8401995271094789540</id><published>2009-01-16T11:12:00.001+05:30</published><updated>2009-01-16T11:12:45.460+05:30</updated><category scheme='http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#' term='SAP Data Warehouse'/><title type='text'>SAP Enterprise Data Warehouse EDW BI</title><content type='html'>&lt;span style=""&gt;The type of information that a data warehouse should deliver is largely determined by individual business needs. In practice this often results in a number of isolated applications which are referred to as&lt;/span&gt;&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/5458669336937461759-8401995271094789540?l=freesapbwlive.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://freesapbwlive.blogspot.com/feeds/8401995271094789540/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://www.blogger.com/comment.g?blogID=5458669336937461759&amp;postID=8401995271094789540' title='0 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/5458669336937461759/posts/default/8401995271094789540'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/5458669336937461759/posts/default/8401995271094789540'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://freesapbwlive.blogspot.com/2009/01/sap-enterprise-data-warehouse-edw-bi_16.html' title='SAP Enterprise Data Warehouse EDW BI'/><author><name>SAP Technology</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/09945205616210282436</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='21' height='32' src='http://2.bp.blogspot.com/_5xcySHIKtvI/SweRcaYLxFI/AAAAAAAAAAM/qmZajOKIHOM/S220/MaheshBabu.jpg'/></author><thr:total>0</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-5458669336937461759.post-4559162107285031332</id><published>2009-01-16T11:11:00.002+05:30</published><updated>2009-01-16T11:12:12.989+05:30</updated><category scheme='http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#' term='SAP Data Warehouse'/><title type='text'>SAP Enterprise Data Warehouse EDW BI</title><content type='html'>&lt;span style=""&gt;The type of information that a data warehouse should deliver is largely determined by individual business needs. In practice this often results in a number of isolated applications which are referred to as&lt;/span&gt;&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/5458669336937461759-4559162107285031332?l=freesapbwlive.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://freesapbwlive.blogspot.com/feeds/4559162107285031332/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://www.blogger.com/comment.g?blogID=5458669336937461759&amp;postID=4559162107285031332' title='0 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/5458669336937461759/posts/default/4559162107285031332'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/5458669336937461759/posts/default/4559162107285031332'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://freesapbwlive.blogspot.com/2009/01/sap-enterprise-data-warehouse-edw-bi.html' title='SAP Enterprise Data Warehouse EDW BI'/><author><name>SAP Technology</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/09945205616210282436</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='21' height='32' src='http://2.bp.blogspot.com/_5xcySHIKtvI/SweRcaYLxFI/AAAAAAAAAAM/qmZajOKIHOM/S220/MaheshBabu.jpg'/></author><thr:total>0</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-5458669336937461759.post-3750772422144929739</id><published>2009-01-16T11:11:00.001+05:30</published><updated>2009-01-16T11:11:43.829+05:30</updated><category scheme='http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#' term='SAP Data Warehouse'/><title type='text'>SAP Building and Running a Data Warehouse BI</title><content type='html'>&lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;The structure and running of a data warehouse in general, and an enterprise data warehouse in particular, is highly complex and cannot be tackled without the support of adequate tools. Business Intelligence in SAP NetWeaver offers an integrated solution that represents the entire data warehouse process from extraction, to the data warehouse architecture, to analysis and reporting.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;h5&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Data Warehousing as an Element of Business Intelligence in SAP NetWeaver Provides:&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/h5&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoListBullet"&gt;&lt;span style="font-size: 9pt; font-family: &amp;quot;Arial Unicode MS&amp;quot;;"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;●&lt;span style="font-family: &amp;quot;Times New Roman&amp;quot;; font-style: normal; font-variant: normal; font-weight: normal; font-size: 7pt; line-height: normal; font-size-adjust: none; font-stretch: normal;"&gt;     &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span dir="ltr"&gt;&lt;b style=""&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Data staging:&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoListBullet2"&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: &amp;quot;Arial Unicode MS&amp;quot;;"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;○&lt;span style="font-family: &amp;quot;Times New Roman&amp;quot;; font-style: normal; font-variant: normal; font-weight: normal; font-size: 7pt; line-height: normal; font-size-adjust: none; font-stretch: normal;"&gt;     &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span dir="ltr"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Extraction, transformation, loading (ETL) of data: All data sources can be accessed by means of extraction in the background (via JDBC, file, XMLA, ODBO,&lt;span style=""&gt;  &lt;/span&gt;..). Extractors are delivered for SAP applications or can be generated. The standard applications of other providers can be accessed by integrating the ETL tools of non-SAP providers.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoListBullet2"&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: &amp;quot;Arial Unicode MS&amp;quot;;"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;○&lt;span style="font-family: &amp;quot;Times New Roman&amp;quot;; font-style: normal; font-variant: normal; font-weight: normal; font-size: 7pt; line-height: normal; font-size-adjust: none; font-stretch: normal;"&gt;     &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span dir="ltr"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Real-time data warehousing: Event-near availability of data in the operational data store can be realized using real-time data acquisition technology.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoListBullet2"&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: &amp;quot;Arial Unicode MS&amp;quot;;"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;○&lt;span style="font-family: &amp;quot;Times New Roman&amp;quot;; font-style: normal; font-variant: normal; font-weight: normal; font-size: 7pt; line-height: normal; font-size-adjust: none; font-stretch: normal;"&gt;     &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span dir="ltr"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Remote data access: Data can be accessed without being saved in the BI system using VirtualProviders (see below).&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoListBullet"&gt;&lt;span style="font-size: 9pt; font-family: &amp;quot;Arial Unicode MS&amp;quot;;"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;●&lt;span style="font-family: &amp;quot;Times New Roman&amp;quot;; font-style: normal; font-variant: normal; font-weight: normal; font-size: 7pt; line-height: normal; font-size-adjust: none; font-stretch: normal;"&gt;     &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span dir="ltr"&gt;&lt;b style=""&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Modeling a layer architecture:&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt; InfoCubes support the modeling of star schemas (with one large fact table in the center and several surrounding dimension tables) in the architected data mart layer. VirtualProviders allow you to access source data directly. InfoCubes can be combined in virtual star schemas (MultiProvider) using &lt;span class="Object2"&gt;Shared&lt;/span&gt; or &lt;span class="Object2"&gt;Conformed Dimensions&lt;/span&gt; (master data tables).&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoListContinue"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;The persistent staging area, data warehouse layer and operational data store are built from flat stores, the DataStore objects.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoListContinue"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;InfoObjects (characteristics and key figures) form the basis of the InfoCube or DataStore object description. You ensure vertical consistency by using the same InfoObjects in the various layers and thus avoid the interface problems that can arise if you use heterogeneous tools to build the layers.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoListBullet"&gt;&lt;span style="font-size: 9pt; font-family: &amp;quot;Arial Unicode MS&amp;quot;;"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;●&lt;span style="font-family: &amp;quot;Times New Roman&amp;quot;; font-style: normal; font-variant: normal; font-weight: normal; font-size: 7pt; line-height: normal; font-size-adjust: none; font-stretch: normal;"&gt;     &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span dir="ltr"&gt;&lt;b style=""&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Transformation:&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt; Transformation rules serve to clean up and consolidate data.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoListBullet"&gt;&lt;span style="font-size: 9pt; font-family: &amp;quot;Arial Unicode MS&amp;quot;;"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;●&lt;span style="font-family: &amp;quot;Times New Roman&amp;quot;; font-style: normal; font-variant: normal; font-weight: normal; font-size: 7pt; line-height: normal; font-size-adjust: none; font-stretch: normal;"&gt;     &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span dir="ltr"&gt;&lt;b style=""&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Modeling the data flow:&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt; Data transfer processes serve to transfer the data to the different stores. You use process chains to schedule the data processing and observe it using a monitor.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoListBullet"&gt;&lt;span style="font-size: 9pt; font-family: &amp;quot;Arial Unicode MS&amp;quot;;"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;●&lt;span style="font-family: &amp;quot;Times New Roman&amp;quot;; font-style: normal; font-variant: normal; font-weight: normal; font-size: 7pt; line-height: normal; font-size-adjust: none; font-stretch: normal;"&gt;     &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span dir="ltr"&gt;&lt;b style=""&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Staging data for analysis:&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt; You can define queries based on any InfoProvider using the Business Explorer. BEx queries form the basis of the applications that are available to users in the portal or based on Microsoft Excel.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt; &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;span style="" lang="DE"&gt;&lt;img tabindex="0" alt="This graphic is explained in the accompanying text" src="http://help.sap.com/saphelp_nw2004s/helpdata/en/43/477a87f03530d9e10000000a11466f/h-00100020000_image002.gif" /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/5458669336937461759-3750772422144929739?l=freesapbwlive.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://freesapbwlive.blogspot.com/feeds/3750772422144929739/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://www.blogger.com/comment.g?blogID=5458669336937461759&amp;postID=3750772422144929739' title='0 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/5458669336937461759/posts/default/3750772422144929739'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/5458669336937461759/posts/default/3750772422144929739'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://freesapbwlive.blogspot.com/2009/01/sap-building-and-running-data-warehouse.html' title='SAP Building and Running a Data Warehouse BI'/><author><name>SAP Technology</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/09945205616210282436</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='21' height='32' src='http://2.bp.blogspot.com/_5xcySHIKtvI/SweRcaYLxFI/AAAAAAAAAAM/qmZajOKIHOM/S220/MaheshBabu.jpg'/></author><thr:total>0</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-5458669336937461759.post-7657708552652294752</id><published>2009-01-16T11:10:00.000+05:30</published><updated>2009-01-16T11:11:03.964+05:30</updated><category scheme='http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#' term='SAP Data Warehouse'/><title type='text'>SAP Data Warehousing: Step by Step BI</title><content type='html'>&lt;h3&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Purpose&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/h3&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;To build a data warehouse, you have to execute certain process steps. &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;h3&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Process Flow&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/h3&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoListNumber4" style="text-indent: -0.3in;"&gt; &lt;span style=""&gt; &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoListNumber" style="text-indent: -28.1pt;"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: &amp;quot;Times New Roman&amp;quot;; font-style: normal; font-variant: normal; font-weight: normal; font-size: 7pt; line-height: normal; font-size-adjust: none; font-stretch: normal;"&gt;       &lt;/span&gt;1.&lt;span style="font-family: &amp;quot;Times New Roman&amp;quot;; font-style: normal; font-variant: normal; font-weight: normal; font-size: 7pt; line-height: normal; font-size-adjust: none; font-stretch: normal;"&gt;      &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Data modeling &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoListBullet2"&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: &amp;quot;Arial Unicode MS&amp;quot;;"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;○&lt;span style="font-family: &amp;quot;Times New Roman&amp;quot;; font-style: normal; font-variant: normal; font-weight: normal; font-size: 7pt; line-height: normal; font-size-adjust: none; font-stretch: normal;"&gt;     &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Creating InfoObjects: Characteristics&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoListBullet2"&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: &amp;quot;Arial Unicode MS&amp;quot;;"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;○&lt;span style="font-family: &amp;quot;Times New Roman&amp;quot;; font-style: normal; font-variant: normal; font-weight: normal; font-size: 7pt; line-height: normal; font-size-adjust: none; font-stretch: normal;"&gt;     &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Creating InfoObjects: Key Figures&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoListBullet2"&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: &amp;quot;Arial Unicode MS&amp;quot;;"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;○&lt;span style="font-family: &amp;quot;Times New Roman&amp;quot;; font-style: normal; font-variant: normal; font-weight: normal; font-size: 7pt; line-height: normal; font-size-adjust: none; font-stretch: normal;"&gt;     &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Creating DataStore objects&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoListBullet2"&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: &amp;quot;Arial Unicode MS&amp;quot;;"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;○&lt;span style="font-family: &amp;quot;Times New Roman&amp;quot;; font-style: normal; font-variant: normal; font-weight: normal; font-size: 7pt; line-height: normal; font-size-adjust: none; font-stretch: normal;"&gt;     &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;And/or creating InfoCubes&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoListBullet2"&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: &amp;quot;Arial Unicode MS&amp;quot;;"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;○&lt;span style="font-family: &amp;quot;Times New Roman&amp;quot;; font-style: normal; font-variant: normal; font-weight: normal; font-size: 7pt; line-height: normal; font-size-adjust: none; font-stretch: normal;"&gt;     &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;And/or creating InfoSets&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoListBullet2"&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: &amp;quot;Arial Unicode MS&amp;quot;;"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;○&lt;span style="font-family: &amp;quot;Times New Roman&amp;quot;; font-style: normal; font-variant: normal; font-weight: normal; font-size: 7pt; line-height: normal; font-size-adjust: none; font-stretch: normal;"&gt;     &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;And/or creating MultiProviders&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoListBullet2"&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: &amp;quot;Arial Unicode MS&amp;quot;;"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;○&lt;span style="font-family: &amp;quot;Times New Roman&amp;quot;; font-style: normal; font-variant: normal; font-weight: normal; font-size: 7pt; line-height: normal; font-size-adjust: none; font-stretch: normal;"&gt;     &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Or creating VirtualProviders&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoListNumber" style="text-indent: -28.1pt;"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: &amp;quot;Times New Roman&amp;quot;; font-style: normal; font-variant: normal; font-weight: normal; font-size: 7pt; line-height: normal; font-size-adjust: none; font-stretch: normal;"&gt;       &lt;/span&gt;2.&lt;span style="font-family: &amp;quot;Times New Roman&amp;quot;; font-style: normal; font-variant: normal; font-weight: normal; font-size: 7pt; line-height: normal; font-size-adjust: none; font-stretch: normal;"&gt;      &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Metadata and Document Management&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoListBullet2"&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: &amp;quot;Arial Unicode MS&amp;quot;;"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;○&lt;span style="font-family: &amp;quot;Times New Roman&amp;quot;; font-style: normal; font-variant: normal; font-weight: normal; font-size: 7pt; line-height: normal; font-size-adjust: none; font-stretch: normal;"&gt;     &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Installing BI Content&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoListBullet2"&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: &amp;quot;Arial Unicode MS&amp;quot;;"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;○&lt;span style="font-family: &amp;quot;Times New Roman&amp;quot;; font-style: normal; font-variant: normal; font-weight: normal; font-size: 7pt; line-height: normal; font-size-adjust: none; font-stretch: normal;"&gt;     &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Creating documents&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoListNumber" style="text-indent: -28.1pt;"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: &amp;quot;Times New Roman&amp;quot;; font-style: normal; font-variant: normal; font-weight: normal; font-size: 7pt; line-height: normal; font-size-adjust: none; font-stretch: normal;"&gt;       &lt;/span&gt;3.&lt;span style="font-family: &amp;quot;Times New Roman&amp;quot;; font-style: normal; font-variant: normal; font-weight: normal; font-size: 7pt; line-height: normal; font-size-adjust: none; font-stretch: normal;"&gt;      &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Setting up the source system:&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoListBullet2"&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: &amp;quot;Arial Unicode MS&amp;quot;;"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;○&lt;span style="font-family: &amp;quot;Times New Roman&amp;quot;; font-style: normal; font-variant: normal; font-weight: normal; font-size: 7pt; line-height: normal; font-size-adjust: none; font-stretch: normal;"&gt;     &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Creating SAP source systems&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoListBullet2"&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: &amp;quot;Arial Unicode MS&amp;quot;;"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;○&lt;span style="font-family: &amp;quot;Times New Roman&amp;quot;; font-style: normal; font-variant: normal; font-weight: normal; font-size: 7pt; line-height: normal; font-size-adjust: none; font-stretch: normal;"&gt;     &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;And/or creating external systems&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoListBullet2"&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: &amp;quot;Arial Unicode MS&amp;quot;;"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;○&lt;span style="font-family: &amp;quot;Times New Roman&amp;quot;; font-style: normal; font-variant: normal; font-weight: normal; font-size: 7pt; line-height: normal; font-size-adjust: none; font-stretch: normal;"&gt;     &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;And/or creating file systems&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoListNumber" style="text-indent: -28.1pt;"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: &amp;quot;Times New Roman&amp;quot;; font-style: normal; font-variant: normal; font-weight: normal; font-size: 7pt; line-height: normal; font-size-adjust: none; font-stretch: normal;"&gt;       &lt;/span&gt;4.&lt;span style="font-family: &amp;quot;Times New Roman&amp;quot;; font-style: normal; font-variant: normal; font-weight: normal; font-size: 7pt; line-height: normal; font-size-adjust: none; font-stretch: normal;"&gt;      &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Defining extraction:&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoListBullet2"&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: &amp;quot;Arial Unicode MS&amp;quot;;"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;○&lt;span style="font-family: &amp;quot;Times New Roman&amp;quot;; font-style: normal; font-variant: normal; font-weight: normal; font-size: 7pt; line-height: normal; font-size-adjust: none; font-stretch: normal;"&gt;     &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;For SAP source systems: Maintaining DataSources &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoListBullet2"&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: &amp;quot;Arial Unicode MS&amp;quot;;"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;○&lt;span style="font-family: &amp;quot;Times New Roman&amp;quot;; font-style: normal; font-variant: normal; font-weight: normal; font-size: 7pt; line-height: normal; font-size-adjust: none; font-stretch: normal;"&gt;     &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Or for a SOAP-based transfer of data: Creating XML DataSources&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoListBullet2"&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: &amp;quot;Arial Unicode MS&amp;quot;;"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;○&lt;span style="font-family: &amp;quot;Times New Roman&amp;quot;; font-style: normal; font-variant: normal; font-weight: normal; font-size: 7pt; line-height: normal; font-size-adjust: none; font-stretch: normal;"&gt;     &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Or for transferring data with UD Connect: Creating a DataSource for UD Connect&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoListBullet2"&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: &amp;quot;Arial Unicode MS&amp;quot;;"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;○&lt;span style="font-family: &amp;quot;Times New Roman&amp;quot;; font-style: normal; font-variant: normal; font-weight: normal; font-size: 7pt; line-height: normal; font-size-adjust: none; font-stretch: normal;"&gt;     &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Or for transferring data with DB Connect: Creating a DataSource for DB Connect&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoListBullet2"&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: &amp;quot;Arial Unicode MS&amp;quot;;"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;○&lt;span style="font-family: &amp;quot;Times New Roman&amp;quot;; font-style: normal; font-variant: normal; font-weight: normal; font-size: 7pt; line-height: normal; font-size-adjust: none; font-stretch: normal;"&gt;     &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Or for files: Creating DataSources for File Source Systems&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoListBullet2"&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: &amp;quot;Arial Unicode MS&amp;quot;;"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;○&lt;span style="font-family: &amp;quot;Times New Roman&amp;quot;; font-style: normal; font-variant: normal; font-weight: normal; font-size: 7pt; line-height: normal; font-size-adjust: none; font-stretch: normal;"&gt;     &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Or for transferring data from non-SAP systems&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoListBullet2"&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: &amp;quot;Arial Unicode MS&amp;quot;;"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;○&lt;span style="font-family: &amp;quot;Times New Roman&amp;quot;; font-style: normal; font-variant: normal; font-weight: normal; font-size: 7pt; line-height: normal; font-size-adjust: none; font-stretch: normal;"&gt;     &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Creating InfoPackages&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoListNumber" style="text-indent: -28.1pt;"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: &amp;quot;Times New Roman&amp;quot;; font-style: normal; font-variant: normal; font-weight: normal; font-size: 7pt; line-height: normal; font-size-adjust: none; font-stretch: normal;"&gt;       &lt;/span&gt;5.&lt;span style="font-family: &amp;quot;Times New Roman&amp;quot;; font-style: normal; font-variant: normal; font-weight: normal; font-size: 7pt; line-height: normal; font-size-adjust: none; font-stretch: normal;"&gt;      &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Defining transformations:&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoListBullet2"&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: &amp;quot;Arial Unicode MS&amp;quot;;"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;○&lt;span style="font-family: &amp;quot;Times New Roman&amp;quot;; font-style: normal; font-variant: normal; font-weight: normal; font-size: 7pt; line-height: normal; font-size-adjust: none; font-stretch: normal;"&gt;     &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Creating transformations&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoListNumber" style="text-indent: -28.1pt;"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: &amp;quot;Times New Roman&amp;quot;; font-style: normal; font-variant: normal; font-weight: normal; font-size: 7pt; line-height: normal; font-size-adjust: none; font-stretch: normal;"&gt;       &lt;/span&gt;6.&lt;span style="font-family: &amp;quot;Times New Roman&amp;quot;; font-style: normal; font-variant: normal; font-weight: normal; font-size: 7pt; line-height: normal; font-size-adjust: none; font-stretch: normal;"&gt;      &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Defining data distribution:&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoListBullet2"&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: &amp;quot;Arial Unicode MS&amp;quot;;"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;○&lt;span style="font-family: &amp;quot;Times New Roman&amp;quot;; font-style: normal; font-variant: normal; font-weight: normal; font-size: 7pt; line-height: normal; font-size-adjust: none; font-stretch: normal;"&gt;     &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Using the data mart interface&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoListBullet2"&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: &amp;quot;Arial Unicode MS&amp;quot;;"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;○&lt;span style="font-family: &amp;quot;Times New Roman&amp;quot;; font-style: normal; font-variant: normal; font-weight: normal; font-size: 7pt; line-height: normal; font-size-adjust: none; font-stretch: normal;"&gt;     &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Creating open hub destinations&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoListNumber" style="text-indent: -28.1pt;"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: &amp;quot;Times New Roman&amp;quot;; font-style: normal; font-variant: normal; font-weight: normal; font-size: 7pt; line-height: normal; font-size-adjust: none; font-stretch: normal;"&gt;       &lt;/span&gt;7.&lt;span style="font-family: &amp;quot;Times New Roman&amp;quot;; font-style: normal; font-variant: normal; font-weight: normal; font-size: 7pt; line-height: normal; font-size-adjust: none; font-stretch: normal;"&gt;      &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Defining the data flow:&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoListBullet2"&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: &amp;quot;Arial Unicode MS&amp;quot;;"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;○&lt;span style="font-family: &amp;quot;Times New Roman&amp;quot;; font-style: normal; font-variant: normal; font-weight: normal; font-size: 7pt; line-height: normal; font-size-adjust: none; font-stretch: normal;"&gt;     &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Creating data transfer processes&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoListBullet2"&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: &amp;quot;Arial Unicode MS&amp;quot;;"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;○&lt;span style="font-family: &amp;quot;Times New Roman&amp;quot;; font-style: normal; font-variant: normal; font-weight: normal; font-size: 7pt; line-height: normal; font-size-adjust: none; font-stretch: normal;"&gt;     &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Creating process chains&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoListNumber" style="text-indent: -28.1pt;"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: &amp;quot;Times New Roman&amp;quot;; font-style: normal; font-variant: normal; font-weight: normal; font-size: 7pt; line-height: normal; font-size-adjust: none; font-stretch: normal;"&gt;       &lt;/span&gt;8.&lt;span style="font-family: &amp;quot;Times New Roman&amp;quot;; font-style: normal; font-variant: normal; font-weight: normal; font-size: 7pt; line-height: normal; font-size-adjust: none; font-stretch: normal;"&gt;      &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Scheduling and monitoring:&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoListBullet2"&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: &amp;quot;Arial Unicode MS&amp;quot;;"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;○&lt;span style="font-family: &amp;quot;Times New Roman&amp;quot;; font-style: normal; font-variant: normal; font-weight: normal; font-size: 7pt; line-height: normal; font-size-adjust: none; font-stretch: normal;"&gt;     &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Checking process chain runs&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoListBullet2"&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: &amp;quot;Arial Unicode MS&amp;quot;;"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;○&lt;span style="font-family: &amp;quot;Times New Roman&amp;quot;; font-style: normal; font-variant: normal; font-weight: normal; font-size: 7pt; line-height: normal; font-size-adjust: none; font-stretch: normal;"&gt;     &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Monitor for extraction processes and data transfer processes&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/5458669336937461759-7657708552652294752?l=freesapbwlive.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://freesapbwlive.blogspot.com/feeds/7657708552652294752/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://www.blogger.com/comment.g?blogID=5458669336937461759&amp;postID=7657708552652294752' title='0 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/5458669336937461759/posts/default/7657708552652294752'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/5458669336937461759/posts/default/7657708552652294752'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://freesapbwlive.blogspot.com/2009/01/sap-data-warehousing-step-by-step-bi.html' title='SAP Data Warehousing: Step by Step BI'/><author><name>SAP Technology</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/09945205616210282436</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='21' height='32' src='http://2.bp.blogspot.com/_5xcySHIKtvI/SweRcaYLxFI/AAAAAAAAAAM/qmZajOKIHOM/S220/MaheshBabu.jpg'/></author><thr:total>0</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-5458669336937461759.post-3472100057927860501</id><published>2009-01-16T11:09:00.002+05:30</published><updated>2009-01-16T11:10:30.134+05:30</updated><category scheme='http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#' term='SAP Data Warehouse'/><title type='text'>SAP Data Warehousing Workbench BI</title><content type='html'>&lt;h3&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Purpose&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/h3&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;The Data Warehousing Workbench (DWB) is the central tool for performing tasks in the data warehousing process. It provides data modeling functions as well as functions for controlling, monitoring, and maintaining all the processes in SAP NetWeaver BI that are related to the procurement, retention, and processing of data.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;h3&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Structure of the Data Warehousing Workbench&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/h3&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;The following figure shows the structure of the Data Warehousing Workbench:&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span lang="DE"&gt;&lt;img tabindex="0" alt="This graphic is explained in the accompanying text" src="http://help.sap.com/saphelp_nw2004s/helpdata/en/a8/6b023b6069d22ee10000000a11402f/h-00100040000_image002.gif" /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;h5&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Navigation Pane Showing Functional Areas of Data Warehousing Workbench&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/h5&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;When you call the Data Warehousing Workbench, a navigation pane appears on the left-hand side of the screen. You open the individual functional areas of the Data Warehousing Workbench by choosing the pushbuttons in the navigation pane.&lt;span style="color: black;"&gt; The applications that are available in these areas are displayed in the navigation pane; in the modeling functional area, you see the possible views of the object trees. &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;h5&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Object Trees or Applications in the Individual Functional Areas&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/h5&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style="color: black;"&gt;If object trees or applications are assigned to a functional area in the navigation pane, you call them by clicking them once in the right-hand side of the screen. &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;h5&gt;&lt;span lang="DE"&gt;Application Toolbar&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/h5&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style="color: black;" lang="DE"&gt;In all functional areas, the Data Warehousing Workbench toolbar contains a pushbutton for showing or hiding the navigation pane. &lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style="color: black;"&gt;It also contains pushbuttons that are relevant in the context of the individual functional areas and applications. &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;h5&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Menu Bar&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/h5&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;The functions that you can call from the menu bar of the Data Warehousing Workbench depend on the functional areas. &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;h5&gt;&lt;span lang="DE"&gt;Status Bar&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/h5&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span lang="DE"&gt;The system displays information, warnings, and error messages in the status bar.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;h3&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Features&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/h3&gt;  &lt;p class="TableHeading4"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Functional Areas of the Data Warehousing Workbench&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;table class="MsoNormalTable" style="border: medium none ; border-collapse: collapse;" border="1" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="0"&gt;&lt;tbody&gt;&lt;tr style="page-break-inside: avoid;"&gt; &lt;td style="border: 1pt solid windowtext; padding: 0in 5.4pt; width: 177.75pt;" valign="top" width="237"&gt;&lt;p class="TableHeading4"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Functional Area&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;/td&gt; &lt;td style="border-style: solid solid solid none; border-color: windowtext windowtext windowtext -moz-use-text-color; border-width: 1pt 1pt 1pt medium; padding: 0in 5.4pt; width: 149.5pt;" valign="top" width="199"&gt;&lt;p class="TableHeading4"&gt;&lt;span lang="DE"&gt;Documentation&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;/td&gt; &lt;/tr&gt;  &lt;tr style="page-break-inside: avoid;"&gt; &lt;td style="border-style: none solid solid; border-color: -moz-use-text-color windowtext windowtext; border-width: medium 1pt 1pt; padding: 0in 5.4pt; width: 177.75pt;" valign="top" width="237"&gt;&lt;p class="TableText4"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Modeling&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;/td&gt; &lt;td style="border-style: none solid solid none; border-color: -moz-use-text-color windowtext windowtext -moz-use-text-color; border-width: medium 1pt 1pt medium; padding: 0in 5.4pt; width: 149.5pt;" valign="top" width="199"&gt;&lt;p class="TableText4"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Modeling&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;/td&gt; &lt;/tr&gt;  &lt;tr style="page-break-inside: avoid;"&gt; &lt;td style="border-style: none solid solid; border-color: -moz-use-text-color windowtext windowtext; border-width: medium 1pt 1pt; padding: 0in 5.4pt; width: 177.75pt;" valign="top" width="237"&gt;&lt;p class="TableText4"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Administration&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;/td&gt; &lt;td style="border-style: none solid solid none; border-color: -moz-use-text-color windowtext windowtext -moz-use-text-color; border-width: medium 1pt 1pt medium; padding: 0in 5.4pt; width: 149.5pt;" valign="top" width="199"&gt;&lt;p class="TableText4"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Administration guide:  Enterprise Data Warehousing&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;/td&gt; &lt;/tr&gt;  &lt;tr style="page-break-inside: avoid;"&gt; &lt;td style="border-style: none solid solid; border-color: -moz-use-text-color windowtext windowtext; border-width: medium 1pt 1pt; padding: 0in 5.4pt; width: 177.75pt;" valign="top" width="237"&gt;&lt;p class="TableText4"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Transport Connection&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;/td&gt; &lt;td style="border-style: none solid solid none; border-color: -moz-use-text-color windowtext windowtext -moz-use-text-color; border-width: medium 1pt 1pt medium; padding: 0in 5.4pt; width: 149.5pt;" valign="top" width="199"&gt;&lt;p class="TableText4"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Transporting BI Objects and Copying BI Content&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;/td&gt; &lt;/tr&gt;  &lt;tr style="page-break-inside: avoid;"&gt; &lt;td style="border-style: none solid solid; border-color: -moz-use-text-color windowtext windowtext; border-width: medium 1pt 1pt; padding: 0in 5.4pt; width: 177.75pt;" valign="top" width="237"&gt;&lt;p class="TableText4"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Documents&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;/td&gt; &lt;td style="border-style: none solid solid none; border-color: -moz-use-text-color windowtext windowtext -moz-use-text-color; border-width: medium 1pt 1pt medium; padding: 0in 5.4pt; width: 149.5pt;" valign="top" width="199"&gt;&lt;p class="TableText4"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt; Documents&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;/td&gt; &lt;/tr&gt;  &lt;tr style="page-break-inside: avoid;"&gt; &lt;td style="border-style: none solid solid; border-color: -moz-use-text-color windowtext windowtext; border-width: medium 1pt 1pt; padding: 0in 5.4pt; width: 177.75pt;" valign="top" width="237"&gt;&lt;p class="TableText4"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;BI Content&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;/td&gt; &lt;td style="border-style: none solid solid none; border-color: -moz-use-text-color windowtext windowtext -moz-use-text-color; border-width: medium 1pt 1pt medium; padding: 0in 5.4pt; width: 149.5pt;" valign="top" width="199"&gt;&lt;p class="TableText4"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Transporting BI Objects and Copying BI Content&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;/td&gt; &lt;/tr&gt;  &lt;tr style="page-break-inside: avoid;"&gt; &lt;td style="border-style: none solid solid; border-color: -moz-use-text-color windowtext windowtext; border-width: medium 1pt 1pt; padding: 0in 5.4pt; width: 177.75pt;" valign="top" width="237"&gt;&lt;p class="TableText4"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Translation&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;/td&gt; &lt;td style="border-style: none solid solid none; border-color: -moz-use-text-color windowtext windowtext -moz-use-text-color; border-width: medium 1pt 1pt medium; padding: 0in 5.4pt; width: 149.5pt;" valign="top" width="199"&gt;&lt;p class="TableText4"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Translating Text for BI Objects&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;/td&gt; &lt;/tr&gt;  &lt;tr style="page-break-inside: avoid;"&gt; &lt;td style="border-style: none solid solid; border-color: -moz-use-text-color windowtext windowtext; border-width: medium 1pt 1pt; padding: 0in 5.4pt; width: 177.75pt;" valign="top" width="237"&gt;&lt;p class="TableText4"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;BI Metadata Repository&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;/td&gt; &lt;td style="border-style: none solid solid none; border-color: -moz-use-text-color windowtext windowtext -moz-use-text-color; border-width: medium 1pt 1pt medium; padding: 0in 5.4pt; width: 149.5pt;" valign="top" width="199"&gt;&lt;p class="TableText4"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt; Metadata Repository&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;&lt;/tbody&gt;&lt;/table&gt;&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/5458669336937461759-3472100057927860501?l=freesapbwlive.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://freesapbwlive.blogspot.com/feeds/3472100057927860501/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://www.blogger.com/comment.g?blogID=5458669336937461759&amp;postID=3472100057927860501' title='0 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/5458669336937461759/posts/default/3472100057927860501'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/5458669336937461759/posts/default/3472100057927860501'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://freesapbwlive.blogspot.com/2009/01/sap-data-warehousing-workbench-bi.html' title='SAP Data Warehousing Workbench BI'/><author><name>SAP Technology</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/09945205616210282436</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='21' height='32' src='http://2.bp.blogspot.com/_5xcySHIKtvI/SweRcaYLxFI/AAAAAAAAAAM/qmZajOKIHOM/S220/MaheshBabu.jpg'/></author><thr:total>0</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-5458669336937461759.post-2913012423538845332</id><published>2009-01-16T11:09:00.001+05:30</published><updated>2009-01-16T11:09:33.541+05:30</updated><category scheme='http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#' term='SAP Data Warehouse'/><title type='text'>SAP Data Warehousing Workbench - Modeling BI</title><content type='html'>&lt;h3&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Purpose&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/h3&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;In the &lt;/span&gt;&lt;span class="Object5"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Modeling&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt; functional area of the Data Warehousing Workbench, you can display BI objects and the corresponding dataflow in a structured way in object trees. You can create new objects, call applications and functions for objects and define the dataflow for the objects.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;h3&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Structure of Data Warehousing Workbench: Modeling&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/h3&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;The following graphic illustrates the structure of the &lt;/span&gt;&lt;span class="Object5"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Data Warehousing Workbench: Modeling&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;:&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span lang="DE"&gt;&lt;img tabindex="0" alt="This graphic is explained in the accompanying text" src="http://help.sap.com/saphelp_nw2004s/helpdata/en/42/ca6a69992f6bb1e10000000a1553f6/h-00100050000_image002.gif" /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;The &lt;i&gt;Modeling&lt;/i&gt; functional area consists of various screen areas. As well as the menu, title and status bars, the modeling screen contains the following four screen areas:&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoListBullet"&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: Symbol;"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;·&lt;span style="font-family: &amp;quot;Times New Roman&amp;quot;; font-style: normal; font-variant: normal; font-weight: normal; font-size: 7pt; line-height: normal; font-size-adjust: none; font-stretch: normal;"&gt;        &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Modeling pushbutton bar&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoListBullet"&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: Symbol;"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;·&lt;span style="font-family: &amp;quot;Times New Roman&amp;quot;; font-style: normal; font-variant: normal; font-weight: normal; font-size: 7pt; line-height: normal; font-size-adjust: none; font-stretch: normal;"&gt;        &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Navigation pane in the left-hand area of the screen&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoListBullet"&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: Symbol;"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;·&lt;span style="font-family: &amp;quot;Times New Roman&amp;quot;; font-style: normal; font-variant: normal; font-weight: normal; font-size: 7pt; line-height: normal; font-size-adjust: none; font-stretch: normal;"&gt;        &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;View of selected object tree in right-hand area of screen and, with open applications, the middle area of the screen &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoListBullet"&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: Symbol;"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;·&lt;span style="font-family: &amp;quot;Times New Roman&amp;quot;; font-style: normal; font-variant: normal; font-weight: normal; font-size: 7pt; line-height: normal; font-size-adjust: none; font-stretch: normal;"&gt;        &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Open application in the right-hand area of the screen&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;h5&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Basic Navigation Options&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/h5&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;From the navigation pane, you can click on an entry in the object tree list to open the view of this object tree.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;In the object tree, you can expand the nodes to navigate in the objects. You can jump to the corresponding application, usually the object maintenance display, by double clicking on the object name in the tree. The application is called in the right-hand area of the screen.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;The modeling pushbutton bar contains the following pushbuttons and provides the following navigation options:&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span lang="DE"&gt;&lt;img tabindex="0" alt="This graphic is explained in the accompanying text" src="http://help.sap.com/saphelp_nw2004s/helpdata/en/42/ca6a69992f6bb1e10000000a1553f6/h-00100050000_image004.gif" /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoListBullet"&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: Symbol;"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;·&lt;span style="font-family: &amp;quot;Times New Roman&amp;quot;; font-style: normal; font-variant: normal; font-weight: normal; font-size: 7pt; line-height: normal; font-size-adjust: none; font-stretch: normal;"&gt;        &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span lang="DE"&gt;&lt;img tabindex="0" alt="This graphic is explained in the accompanying text" src="http://help.sap.com/saphelp_nw2004s/helpdata/en/42/ca6a69992f6bb1e10000000a1553f6/h-00100050000_image005.gif" /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt; &lt;/span&gt;Previous object: Jumps to the application that was called before the present application.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoListContinue"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;The navigation pane and tree display do not change, since these are displayed independently of the forwards/backwards navigation in the applications.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoListContinue"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Similarly, the open application is still displayed if you call another tree.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoListBullet"&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: Symbol;"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;·&lt;span style="font-family: &amp;quot;Times New Roman&amp;quot;; font-style: normal; font-variant: normal; font-weight: normal; font-size: 7pt; line-height: normal; font-size-adjust: none; font-stretch: normal;"&gt;        &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span lang="DE"&gt;&lt;img tabindex="0" alt="This graphic is explained in the accompanying text" src="http://help.sap.com/saphelp_nw2004s/helpdata/en/42/ca6a69992f6bb1e10000000a1553f6/h-00100050000_image006.gif" /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt; &lt;/span&gt;Next object: Jumps to the application that was called after the present application.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoListContinue"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;The navigation pane and tree display do not change, since these are displayed independently of the forwards/backwards navigation in the applications.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoListContinue"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Similarly, the open application is still displayed if you call another tree.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoListBullet"&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: Symbol;"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;·&lt;span style="font-family: &amp;quot;Times New Roman&amp;quot;; font-style: normal; font-variant: normal; font-weight: normal; font-size: 7pt; line-height: normal; font-size-adjust: none; font-stretch: normal;"&gt;        &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span lang="DE"&gt;&lt;img tabindex="0" alt="This graphic is explained in the accompanying text" src="http://help.sap.com/saphelp_nw2004s/helpdata/en/42/ca6a69992f6bb1e10000000a1553f6/h-00100050000_image007.gif" /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt; &lt;/span&gt;Show/hide navigator: Hides the navigation pane and tree display if both are currently displayed.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoListContinue"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Shows the navigation pane if the tree display is shown. &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoListContinue"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Shows the tree display if the navigation pane is shown.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoListContinue"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;This function is only possible if an application has been called.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoListBullet"&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: Symbol;"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;·&lt;span style="font-family: &amp;quot;Times New Roman&amp;quot;; font-style: normal; font-variant: normal; font-weight: normal; font-size: 7pt; line-height: normal; font-size-adjust: none; font-stretch: normal;"&gt;        &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span lang="DE"&gt;&lt;img tabindex="0" alt="This graphic is explained in the accompanying text" src="http://help.sap.com/saphelp_nw2004s/helpdata/en/42/ca6a69992f6bb1e10000000a1553f6/h-00100050000_image008.gif" /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt; &lt;/span&gt;Tree display full screen/half screen: Hides or shows the tree display. &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoListContinue"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;This is only possible if an application has been called.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;You can remove the navigation pane and object tree from the display by choosing &lt;img tabindex="0" alt="This graphic is explained in the accompanying text" src="http://help.sap.com/saphelp_nw2004s/helpdata/en/42/ca6a69992f6bb1e10000000a1553f6/h-00100050000_image009.gif" /&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt; &lt;/span&gt;(hide navigation pane or hide tree).&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;You can display information on additional navigation functions in the navigation pane and information on the structure and functions of the object tree in the legends (&lt;img tabindex="0" alt="This graphic is explained in the accompanying text" src="http://help.sap.com/saphelp_nw2004s/helpdata/en/42/ca6a69992f6bb1e10000000a1553f6/h-00100050000_image010.gif" /&gt;) for the object trees.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/5458669336937461759-2913012423538845332?l=freesapbwlive.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://freesapbwlive.blogspot.com/feeds/2913012423538845332/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://www.blogger.com/comment.g?blogID=5458669336937461759&amp;postID=2913012423538845332' title='0 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/5458669336937461759/posts/default/2913012423538845332'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/5458669336937461759/posts/default/2913012423538845332'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://freesapbwlive.blogspot.com/2009/01/sap-data-warehousing-workbench-modeling.html' title='SAP Data Warehousing Workbench - Modeling BI'/><author><name>SAP Technology</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/09945205616210282436</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='21' height='32' src='http://2.bp.blogspot.com/_5xcySHIKtvI/SweRcaYLxFI/AAAAAAAAAAM/qmZajOKIHOM/S220/MaheshBabu.jpg'/></author><thr:total>0</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-5458669336937461759.post-8662297224632397505</id><published>2009-01-16T11:07:00.000+05:30</published><updated>2009-01-16T11:08:57.928+05:30</updated><category scheme='http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#' term='SAP Data Warehouse'/><title type='text'>SAP Data Flow in the Data Warehouse BI</title><content type='html'>&lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;The data flow in the Data Warehouse describes which objects are needed at design time and which objects are needed at runtime to transfer data from a source to BI and cleanse, consolidate and integrate the data so that it can be used for analysis, reporting and possibly for planning. The individual requirements of your company processes are supported by numerous ways to design the data flow. You can use any data sources that transfer the data to BI or access the source data directly, apply simple or complex cleansing and consolidating methods, and define data repositories that correspond to the requirements of your layer architecture.&lt;span style=""&gt;  &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;With SAP NetWeaver 7.0, the concepts and technologies for certain elements in the data flow were changed. The most important components of the new data flow are explained below, whereby mention is also made of the changes in comparison to the past data flow. To distinguish them from the new objects, the objects previously used are appended with &lt;/span&gt;&lt;span class="Object4"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;3.x&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;h3&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Data Flow in SAP NetWeaver 7.0&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/h3&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;The following graphic shows the data flow in the Data Warehouse:&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span lang="DE"&gt;&lt;img tabindex="0" alt="This graphic is explained in the accompanying text" src="http://help.sap.com/saphelp_nw2004s/helpdata/en/45/dc799c25c15592e10000000a1553f7/TEMPLATE_image002.gif" /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;In BI, the metadata description of the source data is modeled with &lt;b&gt;DataSources&lt;/b&gt;. A DataSource is a set of fields that are used to extract data of a business unit from a source system and transfer it to the entry layer of the BI system or provide it for direct access.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;There is a new object concept available for DataSources in BI. In BI, the DataSource is edited or created independently of 3.x objects on a unified user interface. When the DataSource is activated, the system creates a &lt;b&gt;PSA&lt;/b&gt; table in the Persistent Staging Area (PSA), the entry layer of BI. In this way the DataSource represents a persistent object within the data flow. &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Before data can be processed in BI, it has to be loaded into the PSA using an InfoPackage. In the &lt;b&gt;InfoPackage&lt;/b&gt;, you specify the selection parameters for transferring data into the PSA. In the new data flow, InfoPackages are only used to load data into the PSA.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Using the &lt;b&gt;transformation,&lt;/b&gt; data is copied from a source format to a target format in BI. The transformation process thus allows you to consolidate, cleanse, and integrate data. In the data flow, the transformation replaces the update and transfer rules, including transfer structure maintenance. In the transformation, the fields of a DataSource are also assigned to the InfoObjects of the BI system. &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;InfoObjects&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt; are the smallest units of BI. You map the information in a structured form that is required for constructing InfoProviders. &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;InfoProviders&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt; are persistent data repositories that are used in the layer architecture of the Data Warehouse or in views on data. They can provide the data for analysis, reporting and planning.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Using an &lt;b&gt;InfoSource&lt;/b&gt;, which is optional in the new data flow, you can connect multiple sequential transformations. You therefore only require an InfoSource for complex transformations (multistep procedures). &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;You use the &lt;b&gt;data transfer process&lt;/b&gt; (DTP) to transfer the data within BI from one persistent object to another object, in accordance with certain transformations and filters. Possible sources for the data transfer include DataSources and InfoProviders; possible targets include InfoProviders and open hub destinations. To distribute data within BI and in downstream systems, the DTP replaces the InfoPackage, the Data Mart Interface (export DataSources) and the InfoSpoke.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;You can also distribute data to other systems using an &lt;b&gt;open hub destination&lt;/b&gt;.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;In BI, &lt;b&gt;process chains&lt;/b&gt; are used to schedule the processes associated with the data flow, including InfoPackages and data transfer processes.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;h3&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Uses and Advantages of the Data Flow with SAP NetWeaver 7.0&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/h3&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Use of the new DataSource permits real-time data acquisition as well as direct access to source systems of type File and DB Connect.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;The data transfer process (DTP) makes the transfer processes in the data warehousing layers more transparent. The performance of the transfer processes increases when you optimize parallelization. With the DTP, delta processes can be separated for different targets and filtering options can be used for the persistent objects on different levels. Error handling can also be defined for DataStore objects with the DTP. The ability to sort out incorrect records in an error stack and to write the data to a buffer after the processing steps of the DTP simplifies error handling. When you use a DTP, you can also directly access each DataSource in the SAP source system that supports the corresponding mode in the metadata (also master data and text DataSources).&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;The use of transformations simplifies the maintenance of rules for cleansing and consolidating data. Instead of two rules (transfer rules and update rules), as in the past, only the transformation rules are still needed. You edit the transformation rule on an intuitive graphic user interface. InfoSources are no longer mandatory; they are optional and are only required for certain functions. Transformations also provide additional functions such as quantity conversion and the option to create an end routine or expert routine.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;h3&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Constraints&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/h3&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Hierarchy DataSources, DataSources with the transfer method IDoc as well as DataSources for BAPI source systems cannot be created in the new data flow. They also cannot be migrated. However, DataSources 3.x can be displayed with the interfaces of the new DataSource concept and be used in the new data flow to a limited extent. More information: Using Emulated 3.x DataSources.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;h3&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Migration&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/h3&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;More information about how to migrate an existing data flow with 3.x objects can be found under  Migrating Existing Data Flows.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/5458669336937461759-8662297224632397505?l=freesapbwlive.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://freesapbwlive.blogspot.com/feeds/8662297224632397505/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://www.blogger.com/comment.g?blogID=5458669336937461759&amp;postID=8662297224632397505' title='0 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/5458669336937461759/posts/default/8662297224632397505'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/5458669336937461759/posts/default/8662297224632397505'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://freesapbwlive.blogspot.com/2009/01/sap-data-flow-in-data-warehouse-bi.html' title='SAP Data Flow in the Data Warehouse BI'/><author><name>SAP Technology</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/09945205616210282436</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='21' height='32' src='http://2.bp.blogspot.com/_5xcySHIKtvI/SweRcaYLxFI/AAAAAAAAAAM/qmZajOKIHOM/S220/MaheshBabu.jpg'/></author><thr:total>0</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-5458669336937461759.post-6107461605505460218</id><published>2009-01-12T11:46:00.001+05:30</published><updated>2009-01-12T11:47:40.977+05:30</updated><category scheme='http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#' term='Data Uploading'/><title type='text'>Data load in SAP BW Data Uploading</title><content type='html'>&lt;p&gt;What is the strategy to load for example 500,000 entries in BW (material master, transactional data)? &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;How to separate this entries in small packages and transfer it to BW in automatic? &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;Is there some strategy for that? &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;Is there some configuration for that? &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;See OSS note 411464 (example concerning Info Structures from purchasing documents) to create smaller jobs in order to integrate a large amount of data. &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;For example, if you wish to split your 500,000 entries in five intervals: &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;- Create 5 variants in RMCENEAU for each interval&lt;br /&gt;- Create 5 jobs (SM36) that execute RMCENEAU for each variant&lt;br /&gt;- Schedule your jobs&lt;br /&gt;- You can then see the result in RSA3 &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(204, 0, 0);"&gt;&lt;span style="font-size: 85%;"&gt;Loading Data From a Data Target&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt; &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;b&gt;Can you please guide me for carrying out his activity with some important steps?&lt;/b&gt; &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;b&gt;I am having few request with the without data mart status. How can I use only them &amp;amp; create a export datasource?&lt;/b&gt; &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;b&gt;Can you please tell me how my data mechanism will work after the loading?&lt;/b&gt; &lt;/p&gt;Follow these steps:&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;1. Select Source data target( in u r case X) , in the context menu click on Create Export Datasources.&lt;br /&gt;DataSource ( InfoSource) with name 8(name of datatarget) will be generated.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;2. In Modelling menu click on Source Systems, Select the logical Source System of your BW server, in the context menu click on Replicate DataSource.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;3. In the DataModelling click on Infosources and search for infosource 8(name of datatarget). If not found in the search refresh it. Still not find then from DataModelling click on Infosources, in right side window again select Infosources, in the context menu click on insert Lost Nodes.&lt;br /&gt;Now search you will definately found.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;4. No goto Receiving DataTargets ( in your case Y1,Y2,Y3) create update rules.&lt;br /&gt;In the next screen select Infocube radio button and enter name of Source Datatarget (in u r case X). click Next screen Button ( Shift F7), here select Addition radio button, then select Source keyfield radio button and map the keyfields form Source cube to target cube.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;5. In the DataModelling click on Infosources select infoSource which u replicated earlier and create infopackage to load data..&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/5458669336937461759-6107461605505460218?l=freesapbwlive.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://freesapbwlive.blogspot.com/feeds/6107461605505460218/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://www.blogger.com/comment.g?blogID=5458669336937461759&amp;postID=6107461605505460218' title='0 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/5458669336937461759/posts/default/6107461605505460218'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/5458669336937461759/posts/default/6107461605505460218'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://freesapbwlive.blogspot.com/2009/01/data-load-in-sap-bw-data-uploading.html' title='Data load in SAP BW Data Uploading'/><author><name>SAP Technology</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/09945205616210282436</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='21' height='32' src='http://2.bp.blogspot.com/_5xcySHIKtvI/SweRcaYLxFI/AAAAAAAAAAM/qmZajOKIHOM/S220/MaheshBabu.jpg'/></author><thr:total>0</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-5458669336937461759.post-6638046692951582478</id><published>2009-01-12T11:45:00.000+05:30</published><updated>2009-01-12T11:46:10.157+05:30</updated><category scheme='http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#' term='Data Uploading'/><title type='text'>Difference in number of data records</title><content type='html'>&lt;p&gt;I have uploaded data from R/3 to BW (Controlling Datasources). &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;The problem is that when i use the extractor checker (rsa3) in R/3 for a&lt;br /&gt;specific datasource (0CO_OM_OPA_1) it shows me that there are 1600 records. &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;When i load this datasource in BW it shows me that there are 400.000&lt;br /&gt;records. I'm uploading data to "PSA only". &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;Any ideas why this is happening ? &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;Thanks &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;-----Reply Message-----&lt;br /&gt;Subject: RE: Difference in number of data records &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;Check the 'data recs/call' and 'number of extract calls' parameters in&lt;br /&gt;RSA3.  Most likely the actual extract is only making one call with a larger&lt;br /&gt;data rec/call number.  The extraction process will collect data records&lt;br /&gt;with the same key so less data has to be transferred to the BW.  When you&lt;br /&gt;run RSA3 you are probably getting similar records (that would normally&lt;br /&gt;collect) in different data packets thereby creating more records.  Try&lt;br /&gt;running RSA3 with a much higher (2000) recs/call for several calls.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/5458669336937461759-6638046692951582478?l=freesapbwlive.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://freesapbwlive.blogspot.com/feeds/6638046692951582478/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://www.blogger.com/comment.g?blogID=5458669336937461759&amp;postID=6638046692951582478' title='0 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/5458669336937461759/posts/default/6638046692951582478'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/5458669336937461759/posts/default/6638046692951582478'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://freesapbwlive.blogspot.com/2009/01/difference-in-number-of-data-records.html' title='Difference in number of data records'/><author><name>SAP Technology</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/09945205616210282436</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='21' height='32' src='http://2.bp.blogspot.com/_5xcySHIKtvI/SweRcaYLxFI/AAAAAAAAAAM/qmZajOKIHOM/S220/MaheshBabu.jpg'/></author><thr:total>0</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-5458669336937461759.post-843884662033591828</id><published>2009-01-12T11:29:00.000+05:30</published><updated>2009-01-12T11:30:12.408+05:30</updated><category scheme='http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#' term='SAP Data Mart Interface'/><title type='text'>BI Data Transfer Using the Data Mart Interface in BW</title><content type='html'>&lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;The data transfer is the same as the data transfer in an SAP system. The system reads the data, taking into account the specified dimension-specific selections, from the fact tables of the delivering BI system.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;h3&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Delta Process&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/h3&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Using the data mart interface, you can transfer data by full upload as well as by delta requests.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;A distinction is made between InfoCubes and DataStore objects.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoListBullet"&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: &amp;quot;Arial Unicode MS&amp;quot;;"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;●&lt;span style="font-family: &amp;quot;Times New Roman&amp;quot;; font-style: normal; font-variant: normal; font-weight: normal; font-size: 7pt; line-height: normal; font-size-adjust: none; font-stretch: normal;"&gt;      &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;The InfoCube that is used as an export DataSource is first initialized, meaning that the current status is transferred into the target BI system. When the next upload is performed, only those requests are transferred that have come in since initialization. Different target systems can also be filled like this.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="NoteIcon9"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt; &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="NoteParagraph9"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Only those requests are transferred that have been rolled up successfully in the aggregates. If no aggregates are used, only those requests are transferred that are set to &lt;i&gt;Qualitative OK&lt;/i&gt; in the InfoCube administration.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoListBullet"&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: &amp;quot;Arial Unicode MS&amp;quot;;"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;●&lt;span style="font-family: &amp;quot;Times New Roman&amp;quot;; font-style: normal; font-variant: normal; font-weight: normal; font-size: 7pt; line-height: normal; font-size-adjust: none; font-stretch: normal;"&gt;      &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;For DataStore objects, the requests in the change log of the DataStore object are used as the basis for determining the delta. Only the change log requests that have arisen from reactivating the DataStore object data are transferred.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Restriction:&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;You can only make one selection for each target system for the delta.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="NoteIcon9"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt; &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="NoteParagraph9"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;You first make a selection using &lt;i&gt;cost center 1&lt;/i&gt; and load deltas for this selection. Later on, you also decide to load a &lt;i&gt;delta for cost center 2&lt;/i&gt; in parallel to the&lt;i&gt;cost center 1 delta.&lt;/i&gt; The delta can only be fully requested for both cost centers, meaning that it is then impossible to separately execute deltas for the different selections.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/5458669336937461759-843884662033591828?l=freesapbwlive.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://freesapbwlive.blogspot.com/feeds/843884662033591828/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://www.blogger.com/comment.g?blogID=5458669336937461759&amp;postID=843884662033591828' title='0 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/5458669336937461759/posts/default/843884662033591828'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/5458669336937461759/posts/default/843884662033591828'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://freesapbwlive.blogspot.com/2009/01/bi-data-transfer-using-data-mart.html' title='BI Data Transfer Using the Data Mart Interface in BW'/><author><name>SAP Technology</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/09945205616210282436</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='21' height='32' src='http://2.bp.blogspot.com/_5xcySHIKtvI/SweRcaYLxFI/AAAAAAAAAAM/qmZajOKIHOM/S220/MaheshBabu.jpg'/></author><thr:total>0</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-5458669336937461759.post-7266943475833877742</id><published>2009-01-12T11:28:00.000+05:30</published><updated>2009-01-12T11:29:05.777+05:30</updated><category scheme='http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#' term='SAP Data Extraction'/><title type='text'>BI Data Extraction from SAP Source Systems in BW</title><content type='html'>&lt;h3&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Purpose&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/h3&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-top: 6pt;"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Extractors are part of the data retrieval mechanisms in the SAP source system. An extractor can fill the extraction structure of a DataSource with the data from SAP source system datasets. &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-top: 6pt;"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Replication makes the DataSource and its relevant properties known in BI. &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-top: 6pt;"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;For the data transfer to the input layer of BI, the Persistent Staging Area (PSA), define the load process with an InfoPackage in the scheduler. The data load process is triggered by a request IDoc to the source system when the InfoPackage is executed. We recommend that you use process chains for execution.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;h3&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Process Flow&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/h3&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-top: 6pt;"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;There are application-specific extractors, each of which is hard-coded for the DataSource that was delivered with BI Content, and which fill the extraction structure of this DataSource.&lt;span style=""&gt;  &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-top: 6pt;"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;In addition, there are generic extractors with which you can extract more data from the SAP source system and transfer it into BI. Only when you call up the generic extractor by naming the DataSource does it know which data is to be extracted, and from which tables it should read it from and in which structure. This is how it fills different extraction structures and DataSources. &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-top: 6pt;"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;You can run generic data extraction in the SAP source system application areas such as LIS, CO-PA, FI-SL and HR. This is how LIS, for example, uses a generic extractor to read info structures. DataSources are generated on the basis of these (individually) defined info structures. We speak of customer-defined DataSources with generic data extraction from applications. &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-top: 6pt;"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Regardless of application, you can generically extract master data attributes or texts, or transaction data from all transparent tables, database views or SAP query functional areas or using the function module. You can generate user-specific DataSources here. In this case, we speak of generic DataSources.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-top: 6pt;"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;The DataSource data for these types are read generically and transferred into BI. This is how generic extractors allow the extraction of data that cannot be made available within the framework of BI Content. &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;h4&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;PlugIn for SAP Systems&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;BI-specific source system functions, extractors and DataSources are delivered for specific SAP systems by plug-ins.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="NoteIcon5"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt; &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="NoteParagraph5"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Communication between the SAP source system and BI is only possible if the appropriate plug-in is installed in the source system.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/5458669336937461759-7266943475833877742?l=freesapbwlive.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://freesapbwlive.blogspot.com/feeds/7266943475833877742/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://www.blogger.com/comment.g?blogID=5458669336937461759&amp;postID=7266943475833877742' title='0 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/5458669336937461759/posts/default/7266943475833877742'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/5458669336937461759/posts/default/7266943475833877742'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://freesapbwlive.blogspot.com/2009/01/bi-data-extraction-from-sap-source.html' title='BI Data Extraction from SAP Source Systems in BW'/><author><name>SAP Technology</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/09945205616210282436</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='21' height='32' src='http://2.bp.blogspot.com/_5xcySHIKtvI/SweRcaYLxFI/AAAAAAAAAAM/qmZajOKIHOM/S220/MaheshBabu.jpg'/></author><thr:total>0</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-5458669336937461759.post-2799536680328419559</id><published>2009-01-09T16:09:00.002+05:30</published><updated>2009-01-12T11:42:18.575+05:30</updated><category scheme='http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#' term='SAP Data Mart Interface'/><category scheme='http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#' term='Data Distribution'/><title type='text'>Data Distribution in BW BI</title><content type='html'>&lt;h3&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Use&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/h3&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;As well as data staging and data processing, the data warehousing capabilities in BI also offer processes for distributing data.&lt;span style=""&gt;  &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;You can distribute data within the BI system or load it for other applications in other systems. In the latter case, the BI system is the source, or hub, of the data transfer.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;h3&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Features&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/h3&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;The data transfer process is available for distributing data both within the BI system and to other systems. For more information, see Data Transfer Process.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;The data mart interface is available for distributing data to other BI systems. For more information, see Data Mart Interface.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;The open hub service is still available for distributing data to other SAP systems or non-SAP systems, however, we recommend that you use the new open hub destination concept. The open hub destination can now be used as an independent object in the data transfer process. For more information, see Open Hub Destination&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style=";font-family:&amp;quot;;" &gt;.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/5458669336937461759-2799536680328419559?l=freesapbwlive.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://freesapbwlive.blogspot.com/feeds/2799536680328419559/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://www.blogger.com/comment.g?blogID=5458669336937461759&amp;postID=2799536680328419559' title='0 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/5458669336937461759/posts/default/2799536680328419559'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/5458669336937461759/posts/default/2799536680328419559'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://freesapbwlive.blogspot.com/2009/01/data-distribution-in-bw-bi.html' title='Data Distribution in BW BI'/><author><name>SAP Technology</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/09945205616210282436</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='21' height='32' src='http://2.bp.blogspot.com/_5xcySHIKtvI/SweRcaYLxFI/AAAAAAAAAAM/qmZajOKIHOM/S220/MaheshBabu.jpg'/></author><thr:total>0</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-5458669336937461759.post-800058553882754191</id><published>2009-01-09T16:08:00.004+05:30</published><updated>2009-01-12T11:42:12.085+05:30</updated><category scheme='http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#' term='SAP Data Mart Interface'/><category scheme='http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#' term='Data Distribution'/><title type='text'>Data Transfer Process in BW BI</title><content type='html'>&lt;h3&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Definition&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/h3&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Object that determines how data is transferred between two persistent objects.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;h3&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Use&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/h3&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;You use the data transfer process (DTP) to transfer data within BI from one persistent object to another object, in accordance with certain transformations and filters. In this respect, it replaces the data mart interface and the InfoPackage. As of SAP NetWeaver 7.0, the InfoPackage only loads data to the entry layer of BI (PSA).&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;The data transfer process makes the transfer processes in the data warehousing layer more transparent. Optimized parallel processing improves the performance of the transfer process (the data transfer process determines the processing mode). You can use the data transfer process to separate delta processes for different targets and you can use filter options between the persistent objects on various levels. For example, you can use filters between a DataStore object and an InfoCube.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Data transfer processes are used for standard data transfer, for real-time data acquisition, and for accessing data directly.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;h3&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Integration&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/h3&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;The following graphic illustrates how the data transfer process is positioned in relation to the objects in the dataflow of BI and the other objects in BI process control:&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span lang="DE"&gt;&lt;img tabindex="0" alt="This graphic is explained in the accompanying text" src="http://help.sap.com/saphelp_nw2004s/helpdata/en/42/f98e07cc483255e10000000a1553f7/h-00100070000_image002.gif" /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;The InfoPackage controls the transfer of data from the source to the entry layer of BI. The data transfer process controls the distribution of data within BI. The graphic illustrates an example of a data update from the DataSource to an InfoProvider. The data can be updated from an InfoProvider to another InfoProvider using a data transfer process. The data transfer process can also be used to control data distribution from a BI system into any target outside of the BI system. For this purpose, a data transfer process with an open hub destination is used as the target.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;h3&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Features&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/h3&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;You use a process chain to define a data transfer process. Alternatively, you can define a data transfer process for an InfoProvider in an object tree in the Data Warehousing Workbench. We recommend that you use process chains. In this case, the data transfer process is executed when it is triggered by an event in the predecessor process in the process chain. Alternatively, in process chain maintenance, you can execute a data transfer process in the background. A debug mode is also available.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;The request is an instance that is generated at the runtime of the data transfer process. The request is processed in the steps that have been defined for the data transfer process (extraction, transformation, filter and so on). The monitor for the data transfer process request shows the header information, request status, and the status and messages for the individual processing steps. &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;With a data transfer process, you can transfer data either in full extraction mode or in delta mode. In full mode, the entire dataset of the source is transferred to the target; in delta mode, only the data that was posted to the source since the last data transfer is transferred. The data transfer process controls delta handling and therefore allows you to fill several targets with different deltas from one source. With a data transfer process, you do not need to explicitly initialize the delta method as you do when copying data with an InfoPackage.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;The data transfer process supports you in handling data records with errors. When you define the data transfer process, you can determine how the system responds to errors. At runtime, the incorrect data records are sorted and written to an error stack (request-based database table). A special error DTP further updates the data records from the error stack into the target. It is easier to restart failed load processes if the data is written to a temporary storage after each processing step. It also allows you to find records that have errors. In the monitor for the data transfer process request or in the temporary storage for the processing step (if filled), you can display the data records in the error stack. In data transfer process maintenance, you determine the processing steps after which you want to store data temporarily.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/5458669336937461759-800058553882754191?l=freesapbwlive.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://freesapbwlive.blogspot.com/feeds/800058553882754191/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://www.blogger.com/comment.g?blogID=5458669336937461759&amp;postID=800058553882754191' title='0 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/5458669336937461759/posts/default/800058553882754191'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/5458669336937461759/posts/default/800058553882754191'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://freesapbwlive.blogspot.com/2009/01/data-transfer-process-in-bw-bi.html' title='Data Transfer Process in BW BI'/><author><name>SAP Technology</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/09945205616210282436</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='21' height='32' src='http://2.bp.blogspot.com/_5xcySHIKtvI/SweRcaYLxFI/AAAAAAAAAAM/qmZajOKIHOM/S220/MaheshBabu.jpg'/></author><thr:total>0</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-5458669336937461759.post-3183149534756336597</id><published>2009-01-09T16:08:00.003+05:30</published><updated>2009-01-12T11:42:07.032+05:30</updated><category scheme='http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#' term='SAP Data Mart Interface'/><category scheme='http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#' term='Data Distribution'/><title type='text'>Creating Data Transfer Processes in BW BI</title><content type='html'>&lt;h3&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Use&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/h3&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;You use the data transfer process (DTP) to transfer data from source objects to target objects within BI. You can also use the data transfer process to access InfoProvider data directly.&lt;span style=""&gt;  &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;h3&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Prerequisites&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/h3&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;You have used transformations to define the data flow between the source and target object.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;h3&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Procedure&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/h3&gt;  &lt;h4&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Creating Data Transfer Processes Using Process Chains&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;You are in the plan view of the process chain that you want to use for the data transfer process.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;The process type &lt;i&gt;Data Transfer Process&lt;/i&gt; is available in the &lt;i&gt;Loading Process and Postprocessing&lt;/i&gt; process category.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoListNumber4" style="text-indent: -0.3in;"&gt; &lt;span lang="DE"&gt;...&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoListNumber" style="text-indent: -28.1pt;"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;&lt;span style=";font-family:&amp;quot;;font-size:7;"  &gt;       &lt;/span&gt;1.&lt;span style=";font-family:&amp;quot;;font-size:7;"  &gt;      &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Use drag and drop or double-click to include the process in the process chain.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoListNumber" style="text-indent: -28.1pt;"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;&lt;span style=";font-family:&amp;quot;;font-size:7;"  &gt;       &lt;/span&gt;2.&lt;span style=";font-family:&amp;quot;;font-size:7;"  &gt;      &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;To create a data transfer process as a new process variant, enter a technical name and choose &lt;i&gt;Create&lt;/i&gt;.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoListContinue"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;The dialog box for creating a data transfer process appears.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;span style=""&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;&lt;span style=";font-family:&amp;quot;;font-size:7;"  &gt;       &lt;/span&gt;3.&lt;span style=";font-family:&amp;quot;;font-size:7;"  &gt;      &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Select&lt;/span&gt;&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/5458669336937461759-3183149534756336597?l=freesapbwlive.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://freesapbwlive.blogspot.com/feeds/3183149534756336597/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://www.blogger.com/comment.g?blogID=5458669336937461759&amp;postID=3183149534756336597' title='0 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/5458669336937461759/posts/default/3183149534756336597'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/5458669336937461759/posts/default/3183149534756336597'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://freesapbwlive.blogspot.com/2009/01/creating-data-transfer-processes-in-bw.html' title='Creating Data Transfer Processes in BW BI'/><author><name>SAP Technology</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/09945205616210282436</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='21' height='32' src='http://2.bp.blogspot.com/_5xcySHIKtvI/SweRcaYLxFI/AAAAAAAAAAM/qmZajOKIHOM/S220/MaheshBabu.jpg'/></author><thr:total>0</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-5458669336937461759.post-1490095674905852844</id><published>2009-01-09T16:07:00.004+05:30</published><updated>2009-01-12T11:42:02.663+05:30</updated><category scheme='http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#' term='SAP Data Mart Interface'/><category scheme='http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#' term='Data Distribution'/><title type='text'>Creating Data Transfer Processes for Real-Time Data Acquisition in BW BI</title><content type='html'>&lt;h3&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Use&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/h3&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;You use the data transfer process (DTP) for real-time data acquisition to transfer data to the DataStore object from the PSA. In the DataStore object, the data is available for use in reporting.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;h3&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Prerequisites&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/h3&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;You have used transformations to define the data flow between the DataSource and the DataStore object.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;The selections for the data transfer process do not overlap with selections in other data transfer processes.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;h3&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Procedure&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/h3&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;The starting point when creating a data transfer process is the DataStore object into which you want to transfer data. In the Data Warehousing Workbench, an object tree is displayed and you select the DataStore object.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoListNumber4" style="text-indent: -0.3in;"&gt; &lt;span style=""&gt;...&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoListNumber" style="text-indent: -28.1pt;"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;&lt;span style=";font-family:&amp;quot;;font-size:7;"  &gt;       &lt;/span&gt;1.&lt;span style=";font-family:&amp;quot;;font-size:7;"  &gt;      &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;In the context menu, choose &lt;i&gt;Create Data Transfer Process&lt;/i&gt;.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoListContinue"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;The dialog box for creating a data transfer process appears.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoListNumber" style="text-indent: -28.1pt;"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;&lt;span style=";font-family:&amp;quot;;font-size:7;"  &gt;       &lt;/span&gt;2.&lt;span style=";font-family:&amp;quot;;font-size:7;"  &gt;      &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Select &lt;/span&gt;&lt;span class="Object1"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;DTP for Real-Time Data Acquisition a&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;s the &lt;i&gt;DTP Type&lt;/i&gt;.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoListNumber" style="text-indent: -28.1pt;"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;&lt;span style=";font-family:&amp;quot;;font-size:7;"  &gt;       &lt;/span&gt;3.&lt;span style=";font-family:&amp;quot;;font-size:7;"  &gt;      &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;As the source object, select the DataSource from which you want to transfer data to the DataStore object. &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoListContinue"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;The input help for the source object shows the selection of DataSources that already exist in the data flow for the DataStore object. An additional &lt;i&gt;List&lt;/i&gt; pushbutton is available. This allows you to select a DataSource from the complete list of BI DataSources.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoListNumber" style="text-indent: -28.1pt;"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;&lt;span style=";font-family:&amp;quot;;font-size:7;"  &gt;       &lt;/span&gt;4.&lt;span style=";font-family:&amp;quot;;font-size:7;"  &gt;      &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Choose &lt;/span&gt;&lt;span class="Object1"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Continue&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoListContinue"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;The data transfer process maintenance screen appears.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoListContinue"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;The header data for the data transfer process shows the description, ID, version, and status of the data transfer process, along with the delta status.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoListNumber" style="text-indent: -28.1pt;"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;&lt;span style=";font-family:&amp;quot;;font-size:7;"  &gt;       &lt;/span&gt;5.&lt;span style=";font-family:&amp;quot;;font-size:7;"  &gt;      &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;On the &lt;i&gt;Extraction&lt;/i&gt; tab page, specify the parameters:&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoListNumber2" style="text-indent: -59.05pt;"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;&lt;span style=";font-family:&amp;quot;;font-size:7;"  &gt;                            &lt;/span&gt;a.&lt;span style=";font-family:&amp;quot;;font-size:7;"  &gt;      &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;i&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Delta&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/i&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt; is chosen as the extraction mode for real-time data acquisition.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoListNumber2" style="text-indent: -59.05pt;"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;&lt;span style=";font-family:&amp;quot;;font-size:7;"  &gt;                            &lt;/span&gt;b.&lt;span style=";font-family:&amp;quot;;font-size:7;"  &gt;      &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;If necessary, determine filter criteria for the delta transfer. To do this, choose &lt;/span&gt;&lt;span lang="DE"&gt;&lt;img tabindex="0" alt="This graphic is explained in the accompanying text" src="http://help.sap.com/saphelp_nw2004s/helpdata/en/42/f80a3f6a983ee4e10000000a1553f7/h-00100010000_image001.gif" /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt; &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span class="Object1"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Filter.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoListContinue2"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;This means that you can use multiple data transfer processes with disjunctive selection conditions to efficiently transfer small sets of data from a source into one or more targets, instead of transferring large volumes of data. You can specify individual selections, multiple selections, intervals, selections based on variables, or routines. To change the list of InfoObjects that can be selected, choose &lt;/span&gt;&lt;span class="Object2"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Change Selection&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoListContinue2"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;The &lt;/span&gt;&lt;span lang="DE"&gt;&lt;img tabindex="0" alt="This graphic is explained in the accompanying text" src="http://help.sap.com/saphelp_nw2004s/helpdata/en/42/f80a3f6a983ee4e10000000a1553f7/h-00100010000_image002.gif" /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt; &lt;/span&gt;icon next to pushbutton &lt;/span&gt;&lt;span lang="DE"&gt;&lt;img tabindex="0" alt="This graphic is explained in the accompanying text" src="http://help.sap.com/saphelp_nw2004s/helpdata/en/42/f80a3f6a983ee4e10000000a1553f7/h-00100010000_image003.gif" /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt; &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span class="Object1"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Filter&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt; indicates that predefined selections exist for the data transfer process. The quick info text for this icon displays the selections as a character string.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoListNumber2" style="text-indent: -59.05pt;"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;&lt;span style=";font-family:&amp;quot;;font-size:7;"  &gt;                            &lt;/span&gt;c.&lt;span style=";font-family:&amp;quot;;font-size:7;"  &gt;      &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Semantic grouping is not used for real-time data acquisition. The data is read from the source in packages. &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoListNumber" style="text-indent: -28.1pt;"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;&lt;span style=";font-family:&amp;quot;;font-size:7;"  &gt;       &lt;/span&gt;6.&lt;span style=";font-family:&amp;quot;;font-size:7;"  &gt;      &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;On the &lt;i&gt;Update&lt;/i&gt; tab page, specify the parameters:&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoListContinue"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Make the settings for error handling. You define:&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoListBullet2"&gt;&lt;span style=";font-family:&amp;quot;;" &gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;○&lt;span style=";font-family:&amp;quot;;font-size:7;"  &gt;       &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;How you want to update valid records when errors occur.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoListBullet2"&gt;&lt;span style=";font-family:&amp;quot;;" &gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;○&lt;span style=";font-family:&amp;quot;;font-size:7;"  &gt;       &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;How many errors can occur before the load process terminates. &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="NoteIcon1"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;&lt;img tabindex="0" alt="Note" id="_x0000_i1027" src="http://help.sap.com/saphelp_nw2004s/helpdata/en/images/hinweis.gif" /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="NoteParagraph1"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Note that this setting only has an impact while repairing a DTP request (repair) and during the conversion of the DTP to standard DTP (for example, to correct an error during extraction).&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="NoteParagraph1"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;For real-time data acquisition, specify in the InfoPackage the maximum number of failed attempts that is permitted when the daemon is accessing data before the data transfer terminates with an error.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="NoteParagraph1"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;For more information about error handling settings, see Handling Data Records with Errors.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoListNumber" style="text-indent: -28.1pt;"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;&lt;span style=";font-family:&amp;quot;;font-size:7;"  &gt;       &lt;/span&gt;7.&lt;span style=";font-family:&amp;quot;;font-size:7;"  &gt;      &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;On the &lt;i&gt;Execute&lt;/i&gt; tab page, determine the parameters:&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoListContinue"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;On this tab page, the process flow of the program for the data transfer process is displayed in a tree structure.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoListNumber2" style="text-indent: -59.05pt;"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;&lt;span style=";font-family:&amp;quot;;font-size:7;"  &gt;                            &lt;/span&gt;a.&lt;span style=";font-family:&amp;quot;;font-size:7;"  &gt;      &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Specify the status that you want the system to adopt for the request if warnings are to be displayed in the log.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoListNumber2" style="text-indent: -59.05pt;"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;&lt;span style=";font-family:&amp;quot;;font-size:7;"  &gt;                            &lt;/span&gt;b.&lt;span style=";font-family:&amp;quot;;font-size:7;"  &gt;      &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Specify how you want the system to define the overall status of the request.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoListNumber" style="text-indent: -28.1pt;"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;&lt;span style=";font-family:&amp;quot;;font-size:7;"  &gt;       &lt;/span&gt;8.&lt;span style=";font-family:&amp;quot;;font-size:7;"  &gt;      &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Check, save, and activate the data transfer process.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoListNumber" style="text-indent: -28.1pt;"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;&lt;span style=";font-family:&amp;quot;;font-size:7;"  &gt;       &lt;/span&gt;9.&lt;span style=";font-family:&amp;quot;;font-size:7;"  &gt;      &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;With &lt;/span&gt;&lt;span class="Object1"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Assign Daemon&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt; you go to the monitor for real-time data acquisition if there is already an InfoPackage for RDA for the DataSource that is the source for this DTP. &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="NoteIcon1"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;&lt;img tabindex="0" alt="Note" id="_x0000_i1028" src="http://help.sap.com/saphelp_nw2004s/helpdata/en/images/hinweis.gif" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="NoteParagraph1"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;If there is not yet an InfoPackage for RDA for the DataSource that is the source for this DTP, the system informs you that you must first create an InfoPackage for RDA before you can assign the DTP.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="NoteIcon1"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;&lt;img tabindex="0" alt="Note" id="_x0000_i1029" src="http://help.sap.com/saphelp_nw2004s/helpdata/en/images/hinweis.gif" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="NoteParagraph1"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Alternatively you can go to the monitor for real-time data acquisition from the context menu entry &lt;/span&gt;&lt;span class="Object1"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Assign RDA Daemon&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt; of the data transfer process if you are in the Data Warehousing Workbench.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;h3&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Result&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/h3&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;The data transfer process is assigned to the DataSource. &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;If the DataSource is already assigned to a daemon, the data transfer process appears in the monitor for real-time data acquisition under this daemon and the DataSource. It is now available for data processing by the daemon.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;If the DataSource has not yet been assigned to a daemon, the data transfer process appears in the monitor for real-time data acquisition under the DataSource in the area &lt;i&gt;Unassigned Objects&lt;/i&gt;. The data transfer process, the corresponding DataSource, the InfoPackage and possibly further associated data transfer processes are assigned to the specified daemon in the context menu of the data transfer process with &lt;/span&gt;&lt;span class="Object1"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Assign Daemon.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/5458669336937461759-1490095674905852844?l=freesapbwlive.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://freesapbwlive.blogspot.com/feeds/1490095674905852844/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://www.blogger.com/comment.g?blogID=5458669336937461759&amp;postID=1490095674905852844' title='0 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/5458669336937461759/posts/default/1490095674905852844'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/5458669336937461759/posts/default/1490095674905852844'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://freesapbwlive.blogspot.com/2009/01/creating-data-transfer-processes-for_09.html' title='Creating Data Transfer Processes for Real-Time Data Acquisition in BW BI'/><author><name>SAP Technology</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/09945205616210282436</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='21' height='32' src='http://2.bp.blogspot.com/_5xcySHIKtvI/SweRcaYLxFI/AAAAAAAAAAM/qmZajOKIHOM/S220/MaheshBabu.jpg'/></author><thr:total>0</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-5458669336937461759.post-4002435784592952346</id><published>2009-01-09T16:07:00.003+05:30</published><updated>2009-01-12T11:41:56.817+05:30</updated><category scheme='http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#' term='SAP Data Mart Interface'/><category scheme='http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#' term='Data Distribution'/><title type='text'>Creating Data Transfer Processes for Direct Access in BW BI</title><content type='html'>&lt;h3&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Use&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/h3&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;You use a data transfer process for direct access to access the data in an InfoProvider directly.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;h3&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Prerequisites&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/h3&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;You have used transformations to define the data flow between the source and target object.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;h3&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Procedure&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/h3&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;The starting point when creating a data transfer process is the target into which you want to transfer data. In the Data Warehousing Workbench, an object tree is displayed and you have highlighted the target object, a VirtualProvider.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoListNumber4" style="text-indent: -0.3in;"&gt; &lt;span dir="ltr"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;...&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoListNumber" style="text-indent: -28.1pt;"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;&lt;span style=";font-family:&amp;quot;;font-size:7;"  &gt;       &lt;/span&gt;1.&lt;span style=";font-family:&amp;quot;;font-size:7;"  &gt;      &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span dir="ltr"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;In the context menu, choose &lt;i style=""&gt;Create Data Transfer Process&lt;/i&gt;.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoListContinue"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;The dialog box for creating a data transfer process appears.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoListContinue"&gt;&lt;span class="Object2"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;DTP for Direct Access &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;is displayed as the type of the data transfer process.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoListNumber" style="text-indent: -28.1pt;"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;&lt;span style=";font-family:&amp;quot;;font-size:7;"  &gt;       &lt;/span&gt;2.&lt;span style=";font-family:&amp;quot;;font-size:7;"  &gt;      &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span dir="ltr"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Select the type of source object&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span class="Object"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoListContinue"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Supported object types are DataSources, InfoCubes, DataStore objects and InfoObjects (texts and attributes, if they are released as InfoProviders).&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoListNumber" style="text-indent: -28.1pt;"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;&lt;span style=";font-family:&amp;quot;;font-size:7;"  &gt;       &lt;/span&gt;3.&lt;span style=";font-family:&amp;quot;;font-size:7;"  &gt;      &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span dir="ltr"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Select the object from which you want to transfer data into the target.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoListContinue"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;When you select the source object, input help is available. Input help shows you the selection of objects that already exist in the data flow for target object. If only one object exists in the data flow, this is selected by default.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoListContinue"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;An additional &lt;i style=""&gt;List&lt;/i&gt; pushbutton is available. This allows you to select a source object from the complete list of objects that exist for this object type. &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoListNumber" style="text-indent: -28.1pt;"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;&lt;span style=";font-family:&amp;quot;;font-size:7;"  &gt;       &lt;/span&gt;4.&lt;span style=";font-family:&amp;quot;;font-size:7;"  &gt;      &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span dir="ltr"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Choose &lt;span class="Object2"&gt;Continue&lt;/span&gt;.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoListContinue"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;The data transfer process maintenance screen appears.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoListContinue"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;The header data for the data transfer process shows the description, ID, version, and status of the data transfer process, along with the delta status.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoListContinue"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;On the &lt;span class="Object3"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Extraction&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt; tab page, the system displays information about the adapter, the format of the data and additional source-specific settings. &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoListContinue"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;On the &lt;i style=""&gt;Update&lt;/i&gt; tab page, the system displays information about the target. &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoListContinue"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;On the &lt;span class="Object2"&gt;Execute&lt;/span&gt; tab page, the system displays the processing mode for direct access and the process flow of the program for the data transfer process.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoListContinue"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;You do not need to make any settings in the data transfer process. &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoListNumber" style="text-indent: -28.1pt;"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;&lt;span style=";font-family:&amp;quot;;font-size:7;"  &gt;       &lt;/span&gt;5.&lt;span style=";font-family:&amp;quot;;font-size:7;"  &gt;      &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span dir="ltr"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Check the data transfer process, save and activate it.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Choose &lt;span class="Object2"&gt;Goto&lt;/span&gt; &lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style="font-family:Symbol;"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;®&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt; &lt;span class="Object2"&gt;Overview of DTP&lt;/span&gt; to display information about the source and target objects, the transformations, and the last changes to the data transfer process.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;h3&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Result&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/h3&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;You can use the data transfer process to access data directly.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/5458669336937461759-4002435784592952346?l=freesapbwlive.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://freesapbwlive.blogspot.com/feeds/4002435784592952346/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://www.blogger.com/comment.g?blogID=5458669336937461759&amp;postID=4002435784592952346' title='0 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/5458669336937461759/posts/default/4002435784592952346'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/5458669336937461759/posts/default/4002435784592952346'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://freesapbwlive.blogspot.com/2009/01/creating-data-transfer-processes-for.html' title='Creating Data Transfer Processes for Direct Access in BW BI'/><author><name>SAP Technology</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/09945205616210282436</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='21' height='32' src='http://2.bp.blogspot.com/_5xcySHIKtvI/SweRcaYLxFI/AAAAAAAAAAM/qmZajOKIHOM/S220/MaheshBabu.jpg'/></author><thr:total>0</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-5458669336937461759.post-494759442613297914</id><published>2009-01-09T16:06:00.004+05:30</published><updated>2009-01-12T11:41:52.041+05:30</updated><category scheme='http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#' term='SAP Data Mart Interface'/><category scheme='http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#' term='Data Distribution'/><title type='text'>Handling of Data Records with Errors in BW BI</title><content type='html'>&lt;h3&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Use&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/h3&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;On the &lt;/span&gt;&lt;span class="Object1"&gt;&lt;span style="font-style: normal;"&gt;Update&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt; tab page in the data transfer process (DTP), the &lt;i&gt;error handling&lt;/i&gt; settings allow you to control how the system responds if errors occur in the data records when data is transferred from a DTP source to a DTP target.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;These settings were previously made in the InfoPackage. When using data transfer processes, InfoPackages only write to the PSA. Therefore, error handling settings are no longer made in the InfoPackage but in the data transfer process. &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;h3&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Features&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/h3&gt;  &lt;h5&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Settings for Error Handling &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/h5&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;For a data transfer process (DTP), you can specify how you want the system to respond when data records contain errors. If you activate error handling, the records with errors are written to a request-based database table (PSA table). This is the error stack. You can use a special data transfer process, the error DTP, to update the records to the target. &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Temporary storage is available after each processing step of the DTP request. This allows you to determine the processing step in which the error occurred.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;h5&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Checks for Incorrect Data Records&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/h5&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;The following table provides an overview of where checks for incorrect data records can be run:&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;table class="MsoNormalTable" style="border: medium none ; border-collapse: collapse;" border="1" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="0"&gt;&lt;tbody&gt;&lt;tr style="page-break-inside: avoid;"&gt; &lt;td style="border: 1pt solid windowtext; padding: 0in 5.4pt; width: 221.4pt;" valign="top" width="295"&gt;&lt;p class="TableHeading1"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Where Is Check Run?&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;/td&gt; &lt;td  style="border-style: solid solid solid none; padding: 0in 5.4pt; width: 221.4pt;color:windowtext windowtext windowtext -moz-use-text-color;" valign="top" width="295"&gt;&lt;p class="TableHeading1"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Examples of Incorrect Data Records&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;/td&gt; &lt;/tr&gt;  &lt;tr style="page-break-inside: avoid;"&gt; &lt;td  style="border-style: none solid solid; padding: 0in 5.4pt; width: 221.4pt;color:-moz-use-text-color windowtext windowtext;" valign="top" width="295"&gt;&lt;p class="TableText1"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;In the transformation&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;/td&gt; &lt;td  style="border-style: none solid solid none; padding: 0in 5.4pt; width: 221.4pt;color:-moz-use-text-color windowtext windowtext -moz-use-text-color;" valign="top" width="295"&gt;&lt;p class="TableText1"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Field contains invalid characters or lowercase characters&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="TableText1"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Error during conversion&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="TableText1"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Error during currency translation&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="TableText1"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;A routine returns a return code &lt;&gt; 0&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="TableText1"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Characteristic value is not found for master data&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="TableText1"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Error reading master data&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="TableText1"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Customer-specific formula results in error&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;/td&gt; &lt;/tr&gt;  &lt;tr style="page-break-inside: avoid;"&gt; &lt;td  style="border-style: none solid solid; padding: 0in 5.4pt; width: 221.4pt;color:-moz-use-text-color windowtext windowtext;" valign="top" width="295"&gt;&lt;p class="TableText1"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;When data is updated to the master data table or text table&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;/td&gt; &lt;td  style="border-style: none solid solid none; padding: 0in 5.4pt; width: 221.4pt;color:-moz-use-text-color windowtext windowtext -moz-use-text-color;" valign="top" width="295"&gt;&lt;p class="TableText1"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Invalid characters in keys or navigation attributes&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="TableText1"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;If no SID exists for the value of the navigation attribute&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="TableText1"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;If no language field is defined for texts&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="TableText1"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Invalid "from" and "to" dates&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="TableText1"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Duplicate data records with relation to keys&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="TableText1"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Overlapping and invalid time intervals&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;/td&gt; &lt;/tr&gt;  &lt;tr style="page-break-inside: avoid;"&gt; &lt;td  style="border-style: none solid solid; padding: 0in 5.4pt; width: 221.4pt;color:-moz-use-text-color windowtext windowtext;" valign="top" width="295"&gt;&lt;p class="TableText1"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;When data is updated to the InfoCube&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;/td&gt; &lt;td  style="border-style: none solid solid none; padding: 0in 5.4pt; width: 221.4pt;color:-moz-use-text-color windowtext windowtext -moz-use-text-color;" valign="top" width="295"&gt;&lt;p class="TableText1"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;If no SID exists for the characteristic value&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;/td&gt; &lt;/tr&gt;  &lt;tr style="page-break-inside: avoid;"&gt; &lt;td  style="border-style: none solid solid; padding: 0in 5.4pt; width: 221.4pt;color:-moz-use-text-color windowtext windowtext;" valign="top" width="295"&gt;&lt;p class="TableText1"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;When checking referential integrity of an InfoObject against master data tables or DataStore objects&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;/td&gt; &lt;td  style="border-style: none solid solid none; padding: 0in 5.4pt; width: 221.4pt;color:-moz-use-text-color windowtext windowtext -moz-use-text-color;" valign="top" width="295"&gt;&lt;p class="TableText1"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;If no SID exists for the characteristic value&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;/td&gt; &lt;/tr&gt; &lt;/tbody&gt;&lt;/table&gt;  &lt;h5&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;"Repairing" with Error DTP &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/h5&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;You create an error DTP for an active data transfer process on the &lt;/span&gt;&lt;span class="Object1"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Update&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt; tab page. You run it directly in the background or include it in a process chain so that you can schedule it regularly in the context of your process chain. The error DTP uses the full update mode to extract data from the error stack (in this case, the source of the DTP) and transfer it to the target that you have already defined in the data transfer process. &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;h3&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Activities&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/h3&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoListNumber4" style="text-indent: -0.3in;"&gt; &lt;span style=""&gt;...&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoListNumber" style="text-indent: -28.1pt;"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;&lt;span style=";font-family:&amp;quot;;font-size:7;"  &gt;       &lt;/span&gt;1.&lt;span style=";font-family:&amp;quot;;font-size:7;"  &gt;      &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;On the &lt;span class="Object"&gt;Extraction&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span class="Object"&gt;&lt;span style="font-style: normal;"&gt; tab page &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;under &lt;/span&gt;&lt;span lang="DE"&gt;&lt;img tabindex="0" alt="This graphic is explained in the accompanying text" src="http://help.sap.com/saphelp_nw2004s/helpdata/en/42/fbd598481e1a61e10000000a422035/h-00100010000_image001.gif" /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt; &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span class="Object1"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Semantic Groups&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span class="Object"&gt;&lt;span style="font-style: normal;"&gt;, define the key fields for the error stack.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt; &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoListContinue"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;This setting is only relevant if you are transferring data to DataStore objects with data fields that are overwritten. If errors occur, all subsequent data records with the same key are written to the error stack along with the incorrect data record; they are not updated to the target. This guarantees the serialization of the data records, and consistent data processing. The serialization of the data records and thus the explicit definition of key fields for the error stack is not relevant for targets that are not updated by overwriting.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoListContinue"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;The default value and possible entries for the key fields of the error stack for DataStore objects that overwrite are shown below:&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;table class="MsoNormalTable" style="border: medium none ; border-collapse: collapse;" border="1" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="0"&gt;&lt;tbody&gt;&lt;tr style="page-break-inside: avoid;"&gt; &lt;td style="border: 1pt solid windowtext; padding: 0in 5.4pt; width: 221.4pt;" valign="top" width="295"&gt;&lt;p class="TableHeading1"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Default Value/Possible Entries&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;/td&gt; &lt;td  style="border-style: solid solid solid none; padding: 0in 5.4pt; width: 221.4pt;color:windowtext windowtext windowtext -moz-use-text-color;" valign="top" width="295"&gt;&lt;p class="TableHeading1"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Which Fields of the Source?&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;/td&gt; &lt;/tr&gt;  &lt;tr style="page-break-inside: avoid;"&gt; &lt;td  style="border-style: none solid solid; padding: 0in 5.4pt; width: 221.4pt;color:-moz-use-text-color windowtext windowtext;" valign="top" width="295"&gt;&lt;p class="TableText1"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Default value for the key fields of the error stack (fields selected by the system)&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;/td&gt; &lt;td  style="border-style: none solid solid none; padding: 0in 5.4pt; width: 221.4pt;color:-moz-use-text-color windowtext windowtext -moz-use-text-color;" valign="top" width="295"&gt;&lt;p class="TableText1"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;All fields of the source that are uniquely assigned to a key field of the target. That is, all the fields of the source that are directly assigned to a key field of the DataStore object in the transformation.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;/td&gt; &lt;/tr&gt;  &lt;tr style="page-break-inside: avoid;"&gt; &lt;td  style="border-style: none solid solid; padding: 0in 5.4pt; width: 221.4pt;color:-moz-use-text-color windowtext windowtext;" valign="top" width="295"&gt;&lt;p class="TableText1"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Fields that can also be selected as key fields for the error stack &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;&lt;/tbody&gt;&lt;/table&gt;&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/5458669336937461759-494759442613297914?l=freesapbwlive.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://freesapbwlive.blogspot.com/feeds/494759442613297914/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://www.blogger.com/comment.g?blogID=5458669336937461759&amp;postID=494759442613297914' title='0 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/5458669336937461759/posts/default/494759442613297914'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/5458669336937461759/posts/default/494759442613297914'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://freesapbwlive.blogspot.com/2009/01/handling-of-data-records-with-errors-in.html' title='Handling of Data Records with Errors in BW BI'/><author><name>SAP Technology</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/09945205616210282436</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='21' height='32' src='http://2.bp.blogspot.com/_5xcySHIKtvI/SweRcaYLxFI/AAAAAAAAAAM/qmZajOKIHOM/S220/MaheshBabu.jpg'/></author><thr:total>0</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-5458669336937461759.post-4734413126250024611</id><published>2009-01-09T16:06:00.003+05:30</published><updated>2009-01-12T11:41:46.900+05:30</updated><category scheme='http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#' term='SAP Data Mart Interface'/><category scheme='http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#' term='Data Distribution'/><title type='text'>Error Stack in BW BI</title><content type='html'>&lt;h3&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Definition&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/h3&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;A request-based table (PSA table) into which erroneous data records from a data transfer process are written. The error stack is based on the data source, that is, records from the source are written to the error stack.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;h3&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Use&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/h3&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;At runtime, erroneous data records are written to an error stack if the error handling for the data transfer process is activated. You use the error stack to update the data to the target destination once the error is resolved.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;h3&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Integration&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/h3&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;In the monitor for the data transfer process, you can navigate to the PSA maintenance by choosing &lt;/span&gt;&lt;span class="Object5"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Error Stack&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt; in the toolbar, and display and edit erroneous records in the error stack.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;With an error DTP, you can update the data records to the target manually or by means of a process chain. Once the data records have been successfully updated, they are deleted from the error stack. If there are any erroneous data records, they are written to the error stack again in a new error DTP request.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;When a DTP request is deleted, the corresponding data records are also deleted from the error stack. &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/5458669336937461759-4734413126250024611?l=freesapbwlive.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://freesapbwlive.blogspot.com/feeds/4734413126250024611/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://www.blogger.com/comment.g?blogID=5458669336937461759&amp;postID=4734413126250024611' title='0 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/5458669336937461759/posts/default/4734413126250024611'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/5458669336937461759/posts/default/4734413126250024611'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://freesapbwlive.blogspot.com/2009/01/error-stack-in-bw-bi.html' title='Error Stack in BW BI'/><author><name>SAP Technology</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/09945205616210282436</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='21' height='32' src='http://2.bp.blogspot.com/_5xcySHIKtvI/SweRcaYLxFI/AAAAAAAAAAM/qmZajOKIHOM/S220/MaheshBabu.jpg'/></author><thr:total>0</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-5458669336937461759.post-645945735372164859</id><published>2009-01-09T16:05:00.004+05:30</published><updated>2009-01-12T11:41:42.582+05:30</updated><category scheme='http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#' term='SAP Data Mart Interface'/><category scheme='http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#' term='Data Distribution'/><title type='text'>Examples for Using the Error Stack in BW BI</title><content type='html'>&lt;h3&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Consistent Error Handling for Aggregation&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/h3&gt;  &lt;h5&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Number of Records in Source is Greater than Number of Records in Target&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/h5&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;During the transformation, the data records for request &lt;i&gt;109882&lt;/i&gt; are aggregated to one data record. If, for example, there is no SID for the characteristic value order number &lt;i&gt;1000&lt;/i&gt;, the record is interpreted as erroneous. It is not updated to the target. Those data records that form the aggregated data record are written to the error stack.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span lang="DE"&gt;&lt;img tabindex="0" alt="This graphic is explained in the accompanying text" src="http://help.sap.com/saphelp_nw2004s/helpdata/en/43/f92c705e136ecce10000000a1553f6/h-00100090000_image002.gif" /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt; &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;h5&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Number of Records in Source is Less than Number of Records in Target&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/h5&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;During the transformation, the data record for request &lt;i&gt;109882&lt;/i&gt; is duplicated to multiple data records. If, for example, there is no SID for the characteristic value calendar day &lt;i&gt;07-03-2005&lt;/i&gt;, the record is interpreted as erroneous. The duplicated records are not updated to the target. The data record that formed the duplicate records is written to the error stack. In the error stack, the record is listed as containing an error every time it duplicates data records with errors.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span lang="DE"&gt;&lt;img tabindex="0" alt="This graphic is explained in the accompanying text" src="http://help.sap.com/saphelp_nw2004s/helpdata/en/43/f92c705e136ecce10000000a1553f6/h-00100090000_image004.gif" /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt; &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;h3&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Consistent Error Handling with Respect to Order in Which Data Records are Written to Error Stack&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/h3&gt;  &lt;h5&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Update to DataStore Object: 1 Request&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/h5&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;The &lt;i&gt;Order Number&lt;/i&gt; field is the key for the error stack. During the transformation, data record &lt;i&gt;02&lt;/i&gt; of request &lt;i&gt;109882&lt;/i&gt; is marked as containing errors. In addition to the erroneous data record, all subsequent data records for the request that contain the same key are written to the error stack. In this example, this is data record &lt;i&gt;03&lt;/i&gt;. This ensures that when error records are updated with the error DTP, the records are serialized correctly and newer data is not inadvertently overwritten by older data. Data record &lt;/span&gt;&lt;span class="Object9"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;01&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt; has the same key as the incorrect data record &lt;/span&gt;&lt;span class="Object9"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;02&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt; (order number 1000), but is correct and it occurred before the incorrect data record. Data record &lt;/span&gt;&lt;span class="Object9"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;01&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt; is therefore copied into the target of the DTP. The order of the data records is not changed.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span lang="DE"&gt;&lt;img tabindex="0" alt="This graphic is explained in the accompanying text" src="http://help.sap.com/saphelp_nw2004s/helpdata/en/43/f92c705e136ecce10000000a1553f6/h-00100090000_image006.gif" /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;h5&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Updating to DataStore Object: Multiple Requests – Error in First Request&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/h5&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;The &lt;i&gt;Order Number&lt;/i&gt; field is the key for the error stack. During the transformation, data record &lt;i&gt;02&lt;/i&gt; of request &lt;i&gt;109882&lt;/i&gt; is marked as containing errors. In addition to the erroneous data record, all subsequent data records, including the following requests that have the same key, are written to the error stack. In this example, data record &lt;i&gt;01&lt;/i&gt; for request &lt;i&gt;109883&lt;/i&gt; is written to the error stack in addition to data record &lt;i&gt;02&lt;/i&gt; for request &lt;i&gt;109882&lt;/i&gt;.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span lang="DE"&gt;&lt;img tabindex="0" alt="This graphic is explained in the accompanying text" src="http://help.sap.com/saphelp_nw2004s/helpdata/en/43/f92c705e136ecce10000000a1553f6/h-00100090000_image008.gif" /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;h5&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Updating to DataStore Object: Multiple Requests – Error in Subsequent Request&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/h5&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;The &lt;i&gt;Order Number&lt;/i&gt; field is the key for the error stack. During the transformation, data record &lt;i&gt;01&lt;/i&gt; of request &lt;i&gt;109883&lt;/i&gt; is identified as containing errors. It is written to the error stack. Any data records from the previous request that have the same key were updated successfully to the target.&lt;span style=""&gt;  &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;span lang="DE"&gt;&lt;img tabindex="0" alt="This graphic is explained in the accompanying text" src="http://help.sap.com/saphelp_nw2004s/helpdata/en/43/f92c705e136ecce10000000a1553f6/h-00100090000_image010.gif" /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/5458669336937461759-645945735372164859?l=freesapbwlive.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://freesapbwlive.blogspot.com/feeds/645945735372164859/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://www.blogger.com/comment.g?blogID=5458669336937461759&amp;postID=645945735372164859' title='0 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/5458669336937461759/posts/default/645945735372164859'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/5458669336937461759/posts/default/645945735372164859'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://freesapbwlive.blogspot.com/2009/01/examples-for-using-error-stack-in-bw-bi.html' title='Examples for Using the Error Stack in BW BI'/><author><name>SAP Technology</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/09945205616210282436</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='21' height='32' src='http://2.bp.blogspot.com/_5xcySHIKtvI/SweRcaYLxFI/AAAAAAAAAAM/qmZajOKIHOM/S220/MaheshBabu.jpg'/></author><thr:total>0</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-5458669336937461759.post-1543858462661831781</id><published>2009-01-09T16:05:00.003+05:30</published><updated>2009-01-12T11:41:38.151+05:30</updated><category scheme='http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#' term='SAP Data Mart Interface'/><category scheme='http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#' term='Data Distribution'/><title type='text'>Temporary Storage in BW BI</title><content type='html'>&lt;h3&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Definition&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/h3&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Table that contains the data records processed with the request in a specific data transfer process (DTP) processing step. The table contains correct records as well as erroneous records with a status display.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;h3&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Use&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/h3&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;The temporary storage is used at runtime to allow processes to be restarted without a significant impact on performance and consistency when errors occur. It also allows you to find records with errors. Unlike on the source level, this is only possible if, under &lt;/span&gt;&lt;span class="Object6"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Level of Detail&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;, you have set &lt;/span&gt;&lt;span class="Object6"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Trace of Erroneous Records&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt; or &lt;/span&gt;&lt;span class="Object6"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Trace of Transformation by Records&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;. &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;h3&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Integration&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/h3&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;You make the settings for the temporary storage in the maintenance routine for a DTP from the menu &lt;i&gt;Goto&lt;/i&gt;. For more information, see Handling Data Records with Errors.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;You can display the temporary storage for each of the processing steps using the monitor for the data transfer process request by choosing the pushbutton in the &lt;/span&gt;&lt;span class="Object6"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Data&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt; column. The records with errors can be identified by the symbol. For more information, see Monitor.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/5458669336937461759-1543858462661831781?l=freesapbwlive.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://freesapbwlive.blogspot.com/feeds/1543858462661831781/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://www.blogger.com/comment.g?blogID=5458669336937461759&amp;postID=1543858462661831781' title='0 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/5458669336937461759/posts/default/1543858462661831781'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/5458669336937461759/posts/default/1543858462661831781'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://freesapbwlive.blogspot.com/2009/01/temporary-storage-in-bw-bi.html' title='Temporary Storage in BW BI'/><author><name>SAP Technology</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/09945205616210282436</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='21' height='32' src='http://2.bp.blogspot.com/_5xcySHIKtvI/SweRcaYLxFI/AAAAAAAAAAM/qmZajOKIHOM/S220/MaheshBabu.jpg'/></author><thr:total>0</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-5458669336937461759.post-2442326151594761015</id><published>2009-01-09T16:04:00.004+05:30</published><updated>2009-01-12T11:41:33.231+05:30</updated><category scheme='http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#' term='SAP Data Mart Interface'/><category scheme='http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#' term='Data Distribution'/><title type='text'>Handling Duplicate Data Records in BW BI</title><content type='html'>&lt;h3&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Use&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/h3&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;DataSources for texts or attributes can transfer data records with the same key into BI in one request. Whether the DataSource transfers multiple data records with the same key in one request is a property of the DataSource. There may be cases in which you want to transfer multiple data records with the same key (referred to as duplicate data records below) to BI more than once within a request; this is not always an error. BI provides functions to handle duplicate data records so that you can accommodate this.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;h3&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Features&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/h3&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;In a dataflow that is modeled using a transformation, you can work with duplicate data records for time-dependent and time-independent attributes and texts.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;If you are updating attributes or texts from a DataSource to an InfoObject using a data transfer process (DTP), you can specify the number of data records with the same record key within a request that the system can process. In DTP maintenance on the &lt;/span&gt;&lt;span class="Object3"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Update&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt; tab page, you set the &lt;/span&gt;&lt;span class="Object3"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Handle Duplicate Record Keys&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt; indicator to specify the number of data records. &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;This indicator is not set by default.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;If you set the indicator, duplicate data records (multiple records with identical key values) are handled as follows:&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoListBullet"&gt;&lt;span style=";font-family:&amp;quot;;" &gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;●&lt;span style=";font-family:&amp;quot;;font-size:7;"  &gt;      &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Time-independent data:&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoListContinue"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;If data records have the same key, the last data record in the data package is interpreted as being valid and is updated to the target.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoListBullet"&gt;&lt;span style=";font-family:&amp;quot;;" &gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;●&lt;span style=";font-family:&amp;quot;;font-size:7;"  &gt;      &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Time-Dependent Data&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoListContinue"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;If data records have the same key, the system calculates new time intervals for the data record values. The system calculates new time intervals on the basis of the intersecting time intervals and the sequence of the data records.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="NoteIcon3"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;&lt;img tabindex="0" alt="Example" id="_x0000_i1026" src="http://help.sap.com/saphelp_nw2004s/helpdata/en/images/beispiel.gif" /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="NoteParagraph3"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Data record 1 is valid from 01.01.2006 to 31.12.2006&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="NoteParagraph3"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Data record 2 has the same key but is valid from 01.07.2006 to 31.12.2007&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="NoteParagraph3"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;The system corrects the time interval for data record 1 to 01.01.2006 to 30.06.2006. As of 01.07.2006, the next data record in the data package (data record 2) is valid.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="NoteIcon3"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;&lt;img tabindex="0" alt="Caution" id="_x0000_i1027" src="http://help.sap.com/saphelp_nw2004s/helpdata/en/images/achtung.gif" /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="NoteParagraph3"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;If you set the indicator for time-dependent data, note the following:&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="NoteParagraph3"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;You cannot include the data source field that contains the DATETO information in the semantic key of the DTP. This may cause duplicate data records to be sorted incorrectly and time intervals to be incorrectly calculated.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="NoteParagraph3"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;The semantic key specifies the structure of the data packages that are read from the source.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="NoteParagraph3"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Example&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="NoteParagraph3"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;You have two data records with the same key within one data package.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="NoteParagraph3"&gt;&lt;u&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;In the following graphic, DATETO is not an element of the key:&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/u&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="NoteParagraph3"&gt;&lt;span lang="DE"&gt;&lt;img tabindex="0" alt="This graphic is explained in the accompanying text" src="http://help.sap.com/saphelp_nw2004s/helpdata/en/46/989e73e9ad581ee10000000a1553f7/h-00100030000_image002.gif" /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="NoteParagraph3"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;In the data package, the data records are in sequence DS2, DS1. In this case, the time interval for data record 1 is corrected:&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="NoteParagraph3"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Data record 1 is valid from 1.1.2002 to 31.12.2006. &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="NoteParagraph3"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Data record 2 is valid from 1.1.2000 to 31.12.2001.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="NoteParagraph3"&gt;&lt;u&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;In the following graphic, DATETO is an element of the key:&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/u&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="NoteParagraph3"&gt;&lt;span lang="DE"&gt;&lt;img tabindex="0" alt="This graphic is explained in the accompanying text" src="http://help.sap.com/saphelp_nw2004s/helpdata/en/46/989e73e9ad581ee10000000a1553f7/h-00100030000_image004.gif" /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="NoteParagraph3"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;If DATETO is an element of the key, the records are sorted by DATETO. In this case, the data record with the earliest date is put before the data record with the most recent date. In the data package, the data records are in sequence DS2, DS1. In this case, the time interval for data record 2 is corrected:&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="NoteParagraph3"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Data record 2 is valid from 1.1.2000 to 31.12.2000.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="NoteParagraph3"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Data record 1 is valid from 1.1.2001 to 31.12.2006.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;If you do not set this indicator, data records that have the same key are written to the error stack of the DTP.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;h4&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Note&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;You can specify how duplicate data records within a request are handled, independently of whether the setting that allows DataSources to deliver potentially duplicate data records has been made. This is useful if the setting was not made to the DataSource, but the system knows from other sources that duplicate data records are transferred (for example, when flat files are loaded). &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/5458669336937461759-2442326151594761015?l=freesapbwlive.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://freesapbwlive.blogspot.com/feeds/2442326151594761015/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://www.blogger.com/comment.g?blogID=5458669336937461759&amp;postID=2442326151594761015' title='0 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/5458669336937461759/posts/default/2442326151594761015'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/5458669336937461759/posts/default/2442326151594761015'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://freesapbwlive.blogspot.com/2009/01/handling-duplicate-data-records-in-bw.html' title='Handling Duplicate Data Records in BW BI'/><author><name>SAP Technology</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/09945205616210282436</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='21' height='32' src='http://2.bp.blogspot.com/_5xcySHIKtvI/SweRcaYLxFI/AAAAAAAAAAM/qmZajOKIHOM/S220/MaheshBabu.jpg'/></author><thr:total>0</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-5458669336937461759.post-3401954973249837600</id><published>2009-01-09T16:04:00.003+05:30</published><updated>2009-01-12T11:41:28.242+05:30</updated><category scheme='http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#' term='SAP Data Mart Interface'/><category scheme='http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#' term='Data Distribution'/><title type='text'>Monitor in BW BI</title><content type='html'>&lt;h3&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Use&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/h3&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;A request is generated to execute your data transfer process (DTP). The monitor for data transfer processes allows you to keep track of the request in the various processing steps.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;h3&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Integration&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/h3&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;The request status and request messages from the data transfer processes and the InfoPackage loading processes are integrated into the monitor for loading processes, which you can call in the &lt;/span&gt;&lt;span class="Object1"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Administration &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;functional area of the Data Warehousing Workbench by choosing &lt;/span&gt;&lt;span class="Object4"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Monitors &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span class="Object4"&gt;&lt;span style="font-style: normal;font-family:Symbol;" &gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;®&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span class="Object4"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt; Load Data&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;. &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;You can also call the monitor using data transfer process maintenance, using the process monitor on a DTP in the log view of the process chain maintenance, or using the &lt;/span&gt;&lt;span class="Object4"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Call&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt; &lt;/span&gt;&lt;span class="Object3"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Monitor &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;function for a target object in an object tree in the Data Warehousing Workbench.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="NoteIcon4"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;&lt;img tabindex="0" alt="Note" id="_x0000_i1026" src="http://help.sap.com/saphelp_nw2004s/helpdata/en/images/hinweis.gif" /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="NoteParagraph4"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;If you call the monitor for a data transfer process with the indicator &lt;i&gt;Get All New Data in Source Request by Request&lt;/i&gt; using the log view of a process chain run, a list of the DTP requests that all source requests retrieved within the process chain run is displayed.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="NoteParagraph4"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Note that DTPs that were created prior to SAP NetWeaver 7.0 SPS12 behave in a different manner: If you set the indicator, the first request of the source is retrieved with only one DTP request. In this case the process monitor displays only this one DTP request.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="NoteParagraph4"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;More information: Creating Data Transfer Processes&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;h3&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Features&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/h3&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;The monitor for a data transfer process request displays detailed information about the processing of the request, in addition to the header information. &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;At the first level of the detail tree, the system displays the status of the requests at various points during the process, for example, at generation, when processing the steps during the DTP program, and when setting the technical and complete status of the request. The status display for the processing is then divided further according to the steps of the data transfer process and displays the status and messages for each of the processing steps and data packages in the processing steps.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;At the processing step level, you can also branch into the temporary storage display for this particular processing step if you have defined in DTP maintenance that the temporary storage is to be filled after this processing step. You can jump to the PSA maintenance for the error stack if data has been written to the error stack and has not been updated yet.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;If the DTP is used in a process chain, you can jump to the log view of the process chain run in which the DTP request was processed from within the monitor by choosing &lt;/span&gt;&lt;span lang="DE"&gt;&lt;img tabindex="0" alt="This graphic is explained in the accompanying text" src="http://help.sap.com/saphelp_nw2004s/helpdata/en/42/fbd989481e1a61e10000000a422035/h-00100040000_image001.gif" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt; &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span class="Object4"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Process Chain&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;. You can also jump in the case of deleted requests.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;From the monitor, you can branch to the where-used list for the request. This allows you to display independent target requests and delete requests consistently. More information: Where-Used List for Requests.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;You can also branch to the administration for the source and the target (DataSource or InfoProvider), as well as to the job and process overviews. &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;With &lt;/span&gt;&lt;span lang="DE"&gt;&lt;img tabindex="0" alt="This graphic is explained in the accompanying text" src="http://help.sap.com/saphelp_nw2004s/helpdata/en/42/fbd989481e1a61e10000000a422035/h-00100040000_image002.gif" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt; &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span class="Object4"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Debugging&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt; you can Simulate and Debug DTP Requests.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/5458669336937461759-3401954973249837600?l=freesapbwlive.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://freesapbwlive.blogspot.com/feeds/3401954973249837600/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://www.blogger.com/comment.g?blogID=5458669336937461759&amp;postID=3401954973249837600' title='0 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/5458669336937461759/posts/default/3401954973249837600'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/5458669336937461759/posts/default/3401954973249837600'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://freesapbwlive.blogspot.com/2009/01/monitor-in-bw-bi.html' title='Monitor in BW BI'/><author><name>SAP Technology</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/09945205616210282436</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='21' height='32' src='http://2.bp.blogspot.com/_5xcySHIKtvI/SweRcaYLxFI/AAAAAAAAAAM/qmZajOKIHOM/S220/MaheshBabu.jpg'/></author><thr:total>0</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-5458669336937461759.post-8314026466656800033</id><published>2009-01-09T16:03:00.001+05:30</published><updated>2009-01-12T11:41:23.363+05:30</updated><category scheme='http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#' term='SAP Data Mart Interface'/><category scheme='http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#' term='Data Distribution'/><title type='text'>Where-Used List for Requests in BW BI</title><content type='html'>&lt;h3 style="font-weight: normal;"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Use&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/h3&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;The where-used list supports you in finding dependent requests in further targets. The where-used list therefore allows you to delete across several persistence layers.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;h3 style="font-weight: normal;"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Integration&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/h3&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;You can call the where-used list for DTP requests in InfoCubes and DataStore objects if the request has already been loaded into other data targets. You can also call the where-used list for requests in the PSA tables of the DataSource (R3TR RSDS). &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;h3 style="font-weight: normal;"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Features&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/h3&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;The where-used list displays the source request and all related target requests in a hierarchy. You can delete requests directly from the where-used list display. &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/5458669336937461759-8314026466656800033?l=freesapbwlive.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://freesapbwlive.blogspot.com/feeds/8314026466656800033/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://www.blogger.com/comment.g?blogID=5458669336937461759&amp;postID=8314026466656800033' title='0 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/5458669336937461759/posts/default/8314026466656800033'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/5458669336937461759/posts/default/8314026466656800033'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://freesapbwlive.blogspot.com/2009/01/where-used-list-for-requests-in-bw-bi.html' title='Where-Used List for Requests in BW BI'/><author><name>SAP Technology</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/09945205616210282436</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='21' height='32' src='http://2.bp.blogspot.com/_5xcySHIKtvI/SweRcaYLxFI/AAAAAAAAAAM/qmZajOKIHOM/S220/MaheshBabu.jpg'/></author><thr:total>0</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-5458669336937461759.post-6011878996409378778</id><published>2009-01-09T16:02:00.002+05:30</published><updated>2009-01-12T11:41:17.259+05:30</updated><category scheme='http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#' term='SAP Data Mart Interface'/><category scheme='http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#' term='Data Distribution'/><title type='text'>Simulating and Debugging DTP Requests in BW BI</title><content type='html'>&lt;span style="font-weight: bold;"&gt;Use&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Simulating the data update and debugging a data transfer process request (DTP request) help you to analyze an incorrect DTP request.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;In this way you can also simulate a transformation prior to the actual data transfer if you would like to check whether it provides the desired results.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-weight: bold;"&gt;Procedure&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Simple Simulation and Debugging&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;...&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;1. If you want to execute a standard DTP in debug mode, choose Serially in the Dialog Process (for Debugging) as the processing mode on the Execute tab page in the DTP maintenance.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;2. In the overview for program execution, define breakpoints for debugging by choosing Change Breakpoints.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;3. Choose This graphic is explained in the accompanying text&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/5458669336937461759-6011878996409378778?l=freesapbwlive.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://freesapbwlive.blogspot.com/feeds/6011878996409378778/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://www.blogger.com/comment.g?blogID=5458669336937461759&amp;postID=6011878996409378778' title='0 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/5458669336937461759/posts/default/6011878996409378778'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/5458669336937461759/posts/default/6011878996409378778'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://freesapbwlive.blogspot.com/2009/01/simulating-and-debugging-dtp-requests.html' title='Simulating and Debugging DTP Requests in BW BI'/><author><name>SAP Technology</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/09945205616210282436</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='21' height='32' src='http://2.bp.blogspot.com/_5xcySHIKtvI/SweRcaYLxFI/AAAAAAAAAAM/qmZajOKIHOM/S220/MaheshBabu.jpg'/></author><thr:total>0</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-5458669336937461759.post-6111813728001895144</id><published>2009-01-09T16:01:00.004+05:30</published><updated>2009-01-12T11:41:12.508+05:30</updated><category scheme='http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#' term='SAP Data Mart Interface'/><category scheme='http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#' term='Data Distribution'/><title type='text'>Data Mart Interface in BW BI</title><content type='html'>&lt;h3&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Purpose&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/h3&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;The data mart interface makes it possible to update data from one InfoProvider to another.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;You have the following options:&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoListBullet"&gt;&lt;span style=";font-family:&amp;quot;;" &gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;●&lt;span style=";font-family:&amp;quot;;font-size:7;"  &gt;      &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Data exchange of multiple BI Systems: the data-delivering system is referred to as the &lt;i&gt;Source B;&lt;/i&gt; the data-receiving system as the &lt;i&gt;Target BI.&lt;/i&gt; The individual BI systems arranged in this way are called data marts. The InfoProviders of the source BI are used as sources of data here.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoListBullet"&gt;&lt;span style=";font-family:&amp;quot;;" &gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;●&lt;span style=";font-family:&amp;quot;;font-size:7;"  &gt;      &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Data exchange between BI systems and other SAP systems&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoListContinue"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;More information: Data Mart Interface Between Several Systems&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Data marts can be used in different ways:&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoListBullet"&gt;&lt;span style=";font-family:&amp;quot;;" &gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;●&lt;span style=";font-family:&amp;quot;;font-size:7;"  &gt;      &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;They save a subset of the data of a Data Warehouse in another database, possibly even in a different location.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoListBullet"&gt;&lt;span style=";font-family:&amp;quot;;" &gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;●&lt;span style=";font-family:&amp;quot;;font-size:7;"  &gt;      &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;They are smaller units of a Data Warehouse.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoListBullet"&gt;&lt;span style=";font-family:&amp;quot;;" &gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;●&lt;span style=";font-family:&amp;quot;;font-size:7;"  &gt;      &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;They are stored as intentionally redundant segments of the (logical, global) overall system (Data Warehouse).&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;h3&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Features&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/h3&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;A BI system defines itself as the source system for another BI system by:&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoListBullet"&gt;&lt;span style=";font-family:&amp;quot;;" &gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;●&lt;span style=";font-family:&amp;quot;;font-size:7;"  &gt;      &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Providing metadata&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoListBullet"&gt;&lt;span style=";font-family:&amp;quot;;" &gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;●&lt;span style=";font-family:&amp;quot;;font-size:7;"  &gt;      &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Providing transaction data and master data&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;An export DataSource is needed to transfer data from a source BI into a target BI. Export DataSources for InfoCubes and DataStore objects contain all the characteristics and key figures of the InfoProvider. Export DataSources for master data contain the metadata for all attributes, texts, and hierarchies for an InfoObject.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/5458669336937461759-6111813728001895144?l=freesapbwlive.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://freesapbwlive.blogspot.com/feeds/6111813728001895144/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://www.blogger.com/comment.g?blogID=5458669336937461759&amp;postID=6111813728001895144' title='0 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/5458669336937461759/posts/default/6111813728001895144'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/5458669336937461759/posts/default/6111813728001895144'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://freesapbwlive.blogspot.com/2009/01/data-mart-interface-in-bw-bi.html' title='Data Mart Interface in BW BI'/><author><name>SAP Technology</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/09945205616210282436</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='21' height='32' src='http://2.bp.blogspot.com/_5xcySHIKtvI/SweRcaYLxFI/AAAAAAAAAAM/qmZajOKIHOM/S220/MaheshBabu.jpg'/></author><thr:total>0</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-5458669336937461759.post-3406985643539823150</id><published>2009-01-09T16:01:00.003+05:30</published><updated>2009-01-12T11:40:19.075+05:30</updated><category scheme='http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#' term='SAP Data Mart Interface'/><category scheme='http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#' term='Data Distribution'/><title type='text'>Data Mart Interface Between Several Systems in BW BI</title><content type='html'>&lt;h3&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Use&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/h3&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-bottom: 6pt;"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;The data mart interface can be used between two BI Systems or between another SAP system and a BI System:&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoListBullet"&gt;&lt;span style="font-family:Symbol;"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;·&lt;span style=";font-family:&amp;quot;;font-size:7;"  &gt;        &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;to enable large amounts of data to be processed&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoListBullet"&gt;&lt;span style="font-family:Symbol;"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;·&lt;span style=";font-family:&amp;quot;;font-size:7;"  &gt;        &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;to increase the respective speeds of data transfer, logging and analysis.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoListBullet"&gt;&lt;span style="font-family:Symbol;"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;·&lt;span style=";font-family:&amp;quot;;font-size:7;"  &gt;        &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;to achieve improved concision and maintenance of the individual Data Warehouses.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoListBullet"&gt;&lt;span style="font-family:Symbol;"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;·&lt;span style=";font-family:&amp;quot;;font-size:7;"  &gt;        &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;to enable data separation relating to the task area, on the one hand, and to be able to perform analyses of the state of the entire dataset on the other.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoListBullet"&gt;&lt;span style="font-family:Symbol;"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;·&lt;span style=";font-family:&amp;quot;;font-size:7;"  &gt;        &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;to make it possible to have fewer complexities when constructing and implementing a Data Warehouse.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoListBullet"&gt;&lt;span style="font-family:Symbol;"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;·&lt;span style=";font-family:&amp;quot;;font-size:7;"  &gt;        &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;to construct hub and spoke scenarios in which a BI System stands in the middle and the data from distributed systems runs together and is standardized.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;h3&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Integration&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/h3&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Data marts are found both in the maintenance and in the definition, the same as in the SAP source system. Here too, you can group together data from one or more source systems in a BI System, or continue to work in several BI Systems.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;h3&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Features&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/h3&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;These functions can produce different architectures in a Data Warehouse landscape. &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;h5&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Replicating Architecture:&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/h5&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;If you select this architecture, the data for a BI server is available as source data and can be updated in further target BI Systems.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;&lt;img tabindex="0" alt="This graphic is explained in the accompanying text" src="http://help.sap.com/saphelp_nw2004s/helpdata/en/4e/4a75b87fe211d4b2c50050da4c74dc/h-00100010000_image002.gif" /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt; &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;h5&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Aggregating Architecture:&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/h5&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;With aggregating architecture, data is grouped together from two or more BI servers, and is then available for further processing.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;&lt;img tabindex="0" alt="This graphic is explained in the accompanying text" src="http://help.sap.com/saphelp_nw2004s/helpdata/en/4e/4a75b87fe211d4b2c50050da4c74dc/h-00100010000_image004.gif" /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/5458669336937461759-3406985643539823150?l=freesapbwlive.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://freesapbwlive.blogspot.com/feeds/3406985643539823150/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://www.blogger.com/comment.g?blogID=5458669336937461759&amp;postID=3406985643539823150' title='0 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/5458669336937461759/posts/default/3406985643539823150'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/5458669336937461759/posts/default/3406985643539823150'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://freesapbwlive.blogspot.com/2009/01/data-mart-interface-between-several.html' title='Data Mart Interface Between Several Systems in BW BI'/><author><name>SAP Technology</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/09945205616210282436</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='21' height='32' src='http://2.bp.blogspot.com/_5xcySHIKtvI/SweRcaYLxFI/AAAAAAAAAAM/qmZajOKIHOM/S220/MaheshBabu.jpg'/></author><thr:total>0</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-5458669336937461759.post-3940970150741561633</id><published>2009-01-09T15:59:00.004+05:30</published><updated>2009-01-12T11:40:13.974+05:30</updated><category scheme='http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#' term='SAP Data Mart Interface'/><category scheme='http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#' term='Data Distribution'/><title type='text'>Using the Data Mart Interface in BW BI</title><content type='html'>&lt;h3&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Purpose&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/h3&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;If you want to define an existing BI system as a source system, access the functions of the data mart.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;h3&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Process Flow&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/h3&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;a name="_1235802164"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;&lt;img tabindex="0" alt="This graphic is explained in the accompanying text" src="http://help.sap.com/saphelp_nw2004s/helpdata/en/80/1a616be07211d2acb80000e829fbfe/BIWAW15__image002.gif" /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;     &lt;h5 style="margin-left: 0.25in; text-indent: -0.25in;"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;1.&lt;span style=";font-family:&amp;quot;;font-size:7;"  &gt;       &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;In the Source BI&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/h5&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Before a BI system can request data from another BI system, it must have information about the structure of the data to be requested. To do this, you have to upload the metadata from the source BI into the target BI.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;You generate an export DataSource for the respective InfoProvider in the source BI. This export DataSource includes an extraction structure, which contains all the characteristics and key figures of the InfoProvider.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;For InfoCubes/DataStore objects, see: Generating Data Target Export DataSources&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;For InfoObjects, see: Generating Master Data Export DataSources&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;h5 style="margin-left: 0.25in; text-indent: -0.25in;"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;2.&lt;span style=";font-family:&amp;quot;;font-size:7;"  &gt;       &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;In the Target BI&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/h5&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoListNumber4" style="text-indent: -0.3in;"&gt; &lt;span style=""&gt;...&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoListNumber" style="text-indent: -28.1pt;"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;&lt;span style=";font-family:&amp;quot;;font-size:7;"  &gt;       &lt;/span&gt;1.&lt;span style=";font-family:&amp;quot;;font-size:7;"  &gt;      &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;If required, define the source system. This is only necessary if the source system has not yet been created in the target BI.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoListNumber" style="text-indent: -28.1pt;"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;&lt;span style=";font-family:&amp;quot;;font-size:7;"  &gt;       &lt;/span&gt;2.&lt;span style=";font-family:&amp;quot;;font-size:7;"  &gt;      &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Create the InfoProvider into which the data is to be loaded.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoListNumber" style="text-indent: -28.1pt;"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;&lt;span style=";font-family:&amp;quot;;font-size:7;"  &gt;       &lt;/span&gt;3.&lt;span style=";font-family:&amp;quot;;font-size:7;"  &gt;      &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Replicate the metadata of your export DataSource from your source BI into your target BI. Using the source system tree, you can replicate all the metadata of a source system, or only replicate the metadata of your DataSource.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoListContinue"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;More information: Metadata Upload for SAP Systems&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoListNumber" style="text-indent: -28.1pt;"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;&lt;span style=";font-family:&amp;quot;;font-size:7;"  &gt;       &lt;/span&gt;4.&lt;span style=";font-family:&amp;quot;;font-size:7;"  &gt;      &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Activate the DataSource.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoListNumber" style="text-indent: -28.1pt;"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;&lt;span style=";font-family:&amp;quot;;font-size:7;"  &gt;       &lt;/span&gt;5.&lt;span style=";font-family:&amp;quot;;font-size:7;"  &gt;      &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Create an InfoPackage at your DataSource using the context menu. Your source BI system is specified as the source by default.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoListContinue"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;More information: Creating InfoPackages&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoListNumber" style="text-indent: -28.1pt;"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;&lt;span style=";font-family:&amp;quot;;font-size:7;"  &gt;       &lt;/span&gt;6.&lt;span style=";font-family:&amp;quot;;font-size:7;"  &gt;      &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Using the context menu for your DataSource, create a data transfer process with the InfoProvider into which the data is to be loaded as the target. A default transformation is created at the same time.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoListContinue"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;More information: Creating Data Transfer Processes&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoListContinue"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;The complete data flow is displayed in the InfoProvider tree under your InfoProvider.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoListNumber" style="text-indent: -28.1pt;"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;&lt;span style=";font-family:&amp;quot;;font-size:7;"  &gt;       &lt;/span&gt;7.&lt;span style=";font-family:&amp;quot;;font-size:7;"  &gt;      &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Schedule the InfoPackage and the data transfer process. We recommend that you always use process chains for loading processes.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoListContinue"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;More information: Creating Process Chains&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;h3&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Result&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/h3&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;You have loaded data from one BI system into another BI system.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/5458669336937461759-3940970150741561633?l=freesapbwlive.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://freesapbwlive.blogspot.com/feeds/3940970150741561633/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://www.blogger.com/comment.g?blogID=5458669336937461759&amp;postID=3940970150741561633' title='0 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/5458669336937461759/posts/default/3940970150741561633'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/5458669336937461759/posts/default/3940970150741561633'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://freesapbwlive.blogspot.com/2009/01/using-data-mart-interface-in-bw-bi.html' title='Using the Data Mart Interface in BW BI'/><author><name>SAP Technology</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/09945205616210282436</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='21' height='32' src='http://2.bp.blogspot.com/_5xcySHIKtvI/SweRcaYLxFI/AAAAAAAAAAM/qmZajOKIHOM/S220/MaheshBabu.jpg'/></author><thr:total>0</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-5458669336937461759.post-4154570863220114381</id><published>2009-01-09T15:59:00.003+05:30</published><updated>2009-01-12T11:40:08.724+05:30</updated><category scheme='http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#' term='SAP Data Mart Interface'/><category scheme='http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#' term='Data Distribution'/><title type='text'>Generating Export DataSources for InfoProviders in BW</title><content type='html'>&lt;h3&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Use&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/h3&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;The export DataSource is needed to transfer data from a source BI system into a target BI system. You can use the selected InfoProvider as a DataSource for another BI system.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;h3&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Prerequisites&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/h3&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;The source BI system must be created and actively saved in the target BI system as the BI source system.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;More information: Creating SAP Source Systems&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;h3&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Procedure&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/h3&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoListNumber4" style="text-indent: -0.3in;"&gt; &lt;span style=""&gt;...&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoListNumber" style="text-indent: -28.1pt;"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;&lt;span style=";font-family:&amp;quot;;font-size:7;"  &gt;       &lt;/span&gt;1.&lt;span style=";font-family:&amp;quot;;font-size:7;"  &gt;      &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;In the Data Warehousing Workbench in the BI source system, choose &lt;/span&gt;&lt;span class="Object3"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Modeling&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt; and select the InfoProvider tree.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoListNumber" style="text-indent: -28.1pt;"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;&lt;span style=";font-family:&amp;quot;;font-size:7;"  &gt;       &lt;/span&gt;2.&lt;span style=";font-family:&amp;quot;;font-size:7;"  &gt;      &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Generate the export DataSource using the context menu of your InfoProvider. To do this, choose &lt;/span&gt;&lt;span class="Object3"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Additional Functions&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt; &lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style="font-family:Symbol;"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;®&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt; &lt;/span&gt;&lt;span class="Object3"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Generate Export DataSource.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="NoteIcon3"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt; &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="NoteParagraph3"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;The technical name of the export DataSource is made up of the number &lt;i&gt;8&lt;/i&gt; together with the name of the InfoProvider.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="NoteParagraph3"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt; &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="NoteParagraph3"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Technical name of an InfoCube: &lt;i&gt;COPA&lt;/i&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="NoteParagraph3"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Technical name of the export DataSource: &lt;i&gt;8COPA&lt;/i&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/5458669336937461759-4154570863220114381?l=freesapbwlive.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://freesapbwlive.blogspot.com/feeds/4154570863220114381/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://www.blogger.com/comment.g?blogID=5458669336937461759&amp;postID=4154570863220114381' title='0 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/5458669336937461759/posts/default/4154570863220114381'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/5458669336937461759/posts/default/4154570863220114381'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://freesapbwlive.blogspot.com/2009/01/generating-export-datasources-for.html' title='Generating Export DataSources for InfoProviders in BW'/><author><name>SAP Technology</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/09945205616210282436</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='21' height='32' src='http://2.bp.blogspot.com/_5xcySHIKtvI/SweRcaYLxFI/AAAAAAAAAAM/qmZajOKIHOM/S220/MaheshBabu.jpg'/></author><thr:total>0</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-5458669336937461759.post-2685414278524713542</id><published>2008-12-30T16:13:00.005+05:30</published><updated>2009-01-12T11:40:01.952+05:30</updated><category scheme='http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#' term='SAP Data Mart Interface'/><category scheme='http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#' term='Data Distribution'/><title type='text'>Generating Master Data Export DataSources in BW BI</title><content type='html'>&lt;h3&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Use&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/h3&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;The export DataSource is needed to transfer data from a source BI system into a target BI system.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;You can generate an export DataSource for master data, and thus for individual InfoObjects. By doing this, all the metadata is created that is required to extract master data (all attributes, texts, and hierarchies) from an InfoObject.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;h3&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Prerequisites&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/h3&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;The source BI system must have been created and actively saved in the target BI system as a BI source system.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoNormal"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;More information: Creating SAP Source Systems&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;h3&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Procedure&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/h3&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoListNumber4" style="text-indent: -0.3in;"&gt; &lt;span style=""&gt;...&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoListNumber" style="text-indent: -28.1pt;"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;&lt;span style=";font-family:&amp;quot;;font-size:7;"  &gt;       &lt;/span&gt;1.&lt;span style=";font-family:&amp;quot;;font-size:7;"  &gt;      &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Select the InfoObject tree in the Data Warehousing Workbench in the source BI system.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="MsoListNumber" style="text-indent: -28.1pt;"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;&lt;span style=";font-family:&amp;quot;;font-size:7;"  &gt;       &lt;/span&gt;2.&lt;span style=";font-family:&amp;quot;;font-size:7;"  &gt;      &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Generate the export DataSource from the context menu of your InfoObject. To do this, choose &lt;/span&gt;&lt;span class="Object2"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Additional Functions&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt; &lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style="font-family:Symbol;"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;®&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt; &lt;/span&gt;&lt;span class="Object2"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;Generate Export DataSource.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="NoteIcon2"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;&lt;img tabindex="0" alt="Note" id="_x0000_i1026" src="http://help.sap.com/saphelp_nw2004s/helpdata/en/images/hinweis.gif" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="NoteParagraph2"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;The technical name of the export DataSource is&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="NoteListContinue2"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;8******M for attributes (M stands for master data)&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="NoteListContinue2"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;8******T for texts&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="NoteListContinue2"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;8******H for hierarchies.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="NoteParagraph2"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;(The asterisks (*) stand for the source InfoObject).&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p class="NoteParagraph2"&gt;&lt;span style=""&gt;When you create an InfoObject or a master data InfoSource in the source BI system, you must therefore make sure that the length of the technical name of each object is no longer than 28 characters.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/5458669336937461759-2685414278524713542?l=frees
